BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY Jaguar Cars Limited 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5 Published by Technical Support and Communications Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 42
202
Embed
2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHERMANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TOHIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
Jaguar Cars Limited
2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical GuideSedan and Estate (Wagon)
2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L DieselModel Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5
Published by Technical Support and Communications
Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 42
1DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Table of Contents
Table of Contents ................................................................................................................................ 1
Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3
Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4
Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 27
Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 28 – 29
Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 30 – 37
Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 37(pages are numbered by Figure number)
2 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURESFig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution01.1 ............ Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All Vehicles01.2 ............ Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 .............................................................. All Vehicles01.3 ............ Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 .............................................................. All Vehicles01.4 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... All Vehicles01.5 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 1 ................................ All Vehicles01.6 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 2 ................................ All Vehicles01.7 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver .................................... All Vehicles01.8 ............ EMS Switched Power Distribution: Gasoline Engines ................................... Gasoline Engine Vehicles01.9 ............ EMS Switched Power Distribution: Diesel Engine ........................................ Diesel Engine Vehicles
02 Battery; Starter; Generator02.1 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L .................................................... 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles02.2 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L ................................................................ 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles02.3 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L D ............................................................ 2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles
03 Engine Management03.1 ............ Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 1 ................................................. 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles03.2 ............ Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 2 ................................................. 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles03.3 ............ Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 1 ............................................................ 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles03.4 ............ Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 2 ............................................................ 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles03.5 ............ Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 1 ......................................................... 2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles03.6 ............ Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 2 ......................................................... 2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles
06 Climate Control06.1 ............ Manual Climate Control ............................................................................. Manual Climate Control Vehicles06.2 ............ Automatic Climate Control ......................................................................... Automatic Climate Control Vehicles06.3 ............ Glass Heaters ............................................................................................ All Vehicles
07 Instrumentation07.1 ............ Instrument Cluster ..................................................................................... All Vehicles07.2 ............ Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles
08 Exterior Lighting08.1 ............ Exterior Lighting: Front – Auto Headlamps ................................................. Auto Headlamp Vehicles08.2 ............ Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps ................................................... Non Autolamp Vehicles;
Exterior Lighting: Front – Daytime Running Lamps ...................................... Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles08.3 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan ................................................................... Sedan Vehicles08.4 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) ...................................................... Estate (Wagon) Vehicles08.5 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan European Trailer Towing ............................. Euro. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles08.6 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan U.K. Trailer Towing ..................................... U.K. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles08.7 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan NAS Trailer Towing ..................................... NAS Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles08.8 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) European Trailer Towing ................ Euro. Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles08.9 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) U.K. Trailer Towing ....................... U.K. Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles08.10 .......... Headlamp Leveling (H/L) ............................................................................ H/L & HID Headlamp Vehicles
09 Interior Lighting09.1 ............ Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles09.2 ............ Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles
3DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURESFig. Description Variant
10 Door Mirrors10.1 ............ Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Non Memory .................................. Non Memory Vehicles10.2 ............ Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Memory .......................................... Memory Vehicles
12 Door Locking; Security12.1 ............ Central Door Locking: Sedan – Double Locking ........................................... Double Locking Sedan Vehicles12.2 ............ Central Door Locking: Sedan – Non Double Locking ................................... Non Double Locking Sedan Vehicles12.3 ............ Central Door Locking: Estate (Wagon) ......................................................... Estate (Wagon) Vehicles12.4 ............ Security: Sedan .......................................................................................... Sedan Vehicles12.5 ............ Security: Estate (Wagon) ............................................................................. Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
13 Wash / Wipe13.1 ............ Wash / Wipe: Front ................................................................................... Non Rain Sensing Vehicles13.2 ............ Wash / Wipe: Front with Rain Sensing ........................................................ Rain Sensing Vehicles13.3 ............ Wash / Wipe: Rear ..................................................................................... Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
14 Powered Windows; Sliding Roof14.1 ............ Powered Windows .................................................................................... All Vehicles14.2 ............ Sliding Roof ............................................................................................... Sliding Roof Vehicles
15 In-Car Entertainment15.1 ............ In-Car Entertainment – Standard ................................................................ Standard ICE Vehicles15.2 ............ In-Car Entertainment – Premium ................................................................ Premium ICE Vehicles
16 Telematics16.1 ............ Telephone: ROW ....................................................................................... ROW Vehicles16.2 ............ Telephone: NAS ........................................................................................ NAS Vehicles16.3 ............ Telephone with Voice Control: ROW.......................................................... ROW Voice Vehicles16.4 ............ Telephone with Voice Control: NAS ........................................................... NAS Voice Vehicles16.5 ............ Navigation System ..................................................................................... NAV Vehicles (except Japan)16.6 ............ Navigation System: Japan ........................................................................... Japan Vehicles
17 Occupant Protection17.1 ............ Advanced Restraint System: Front Wheel Drive .......................................... Front Wheel Drive Vehicles17.2 ............ Advanced Restraint System: All Wheel Drive .............................................. All Wheel Drive Vehicles
18 Driver Assist18.1 ............ Parking Aid ................................................................................................ Parking Aid Vehicles
Garage Door Opener; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror
20 Vehicle Multiplex Systems20.1 ............ Controller Area Network: LHD ................................................................... LHD Vehicles20.2 ............ Controller Area Network: RHD .................................................................. RHD Vehicles20.3 ............ Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link .............................. All Vehicles20.4 ............ D2B Network ............................................................................................ All Vehicles
4 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Abbreviations and Acronyms
The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
A/C Air ConditioningAPP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
APP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2APP3 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 3AWD All Wheel Drive
B+ Battery VoltageBANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5)BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6)
CAN Controller Area NetworkCHT SENSOR Cylinder Head Temperature SensorCKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position Sensor
CMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / RH BankCMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / LH Bank
D2B D2B NetworkECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature SensorEFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature SensorEGR VALVE Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve
EGT SENSOR Exhaust Gas Temperature SensorEMS Engine Management System
2.0 L D 2.0 L Diesel Vehicles2.0 L 2.0 L V6 Vehicles
2.5 L, 3.0 L 2.5 L and 3.0 L V6 Vehicles
5DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and aboutthe use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar X-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as wellas the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) andTitle, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with thesystem of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
Jaguar 2004.25 / 2004.5 Model Year X-TYPE Electrical System Architecture
Power SuppliesThe Jaguar X-TYPE electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched powersupply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and “Battery SaverPower Supply”. The “Battery Saver Power Supply” circuit is controlled via the GEM (General Electronic Module). Refer to Figure 01.7 forcircuit activation details.
Fuse BoxesThe electrical harness incorporates two serviceable power distribution fuse boxes: the Power Distribution Fuse Box located in the enginecompartment and the Passenger Junction Fuse Box located in the left-hand ‘A’ Post. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessorykit and two Diesel vehicle relays) are located in the two fuse boxes.
Vehicle NetworksThe X-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed power train communications, an SCP(Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed“real-time” audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the AudioUnit. Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.
Ground StudsCircuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems;however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.
Air Temperature Blend Actuator ...................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2
Customer Power Connector ............................................ Fig. 19.1
7DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Component Index
Data Link Connector ....................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3
Defrost Door Actuator .................................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2
Evaporator Temperature Sensor ...................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2
Fog Lamps – Front .......................................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2
Fold Back Module ........................................................... Fig. 10.2
Main Beam / Front Fog Relay ........................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2
Side Airbag Igniters ......................................................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2
Side Impact Sensors ........................................................ Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2
Side Marker Lamps – Front .............................................. Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2
Side Marker Lamps – Rear ............................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7
Turn Signal Repeaters – Front .......................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2
TV Antennas and Amplifiers ............................................ Fig. 16.5...................................................................................... Fig. 16.6
Tweeter Speakers – Front Door ....................................... Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Windshield Wiper Motor Relay ....................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
Wiper Motor – Front ....................................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
Wiper Motor – Rear ........................................................ Fig. 13.3
Wiper Motor Relay – Rear ............................................... Fig. 13.3
Figure PagesEach Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution,02 - Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.).Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the userto a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailedPower Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The usermust fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data PagesThe Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information issupplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can beexpected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This informationis provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
13DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, CONNECTOR ANDGROUND INFORMATION
DATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE
DATA PAGE
MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE ANDDATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE PAGE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN -
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP -
I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Fig. 02.1
R
B
YIP18-7
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
3
OIP10-4IP15-4
IP10-23
IP10-2220.3
20.3U
Y
IP5-18
IP5-1920.3
20.3U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8G37AL
(G36BL)
D
D
BIP6-8
I
B
GIP10-6
BJB160
EN16-123
EN16-124
EN16-079
EN16-053
Y
G
ST2
B
B
EN49-2
EN49-1
EN49-4
GR
RG
U
ST4
Y
I
I
16II
EN16-065 EN49-3
OG
O
20.2 20.1IP10-17
IP10-18
20.220.1Y
G
JB156-6
JB156-10
RWB
42II
JB129-11
JB2-16
GO BRW(NAS)
(ROW)
(NAS)
(ROW)
Y Y
I
I
P, N
EN16-031
Y
B
EN16-041
GO O
GO
26
JB1-40
Y
JB1-34
(AUTO)
(MAN)W
U
PA5-2PA5-1
EN16-006
BG12A
G16AS
BG12B
G13AS
4
JB145-5
JB2-12
30II
IP11-13
YU
B
N
P
EN700
JB1-42
Y
YB
B
P
JB205-7
JB205-8
Y
F34 30A
3
1
5
2
R12 4
JB208-3
JB206-8
B
P
1I
S
S–
+
–
+
–
+C
C
C
C
S
S–
+
20.2 20.120.220.1
BATTERY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(III)
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR
CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
O.K. TO START
O.K. TO STARTGENERATOR
WARNING
STARTERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
STARTER MOTOR
STARTENGINE
CRANKENGINEREQUEST
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.1.
FIELD
GENERATORCONTROL
CHARGE / FAULT
GENERATOR
2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles
14 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
H
Symbols and Codes
NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Battery power supply
Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I)
Ignition switched power supply (key II, III)
Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply
Engine Management System power supply
Figure number reference
Controller Area Network
Standard Corporate Protocol network
D2B network
Wiring Symbols
Simplified splice
Bulb
Capacitor
Connector
Diode
Eyelet and stud
Fuse
Ground
Hall effect sensor
Motor
Potentiometer
Pressure transducer
Resistor
Solenoid
Suppression diode
Suppression resistor
Thermistor
Transistor
Wire continued
Zener diode
X
XX.X
SCP
CAN
D2B
XI
XII
EX
BX
Light emitting diode (LED)
Splice
Control Module Pin Symbols
Input CAN network
Output SCP network
Battery voltage D2B network
Power ground Serial and encoded data
Sensor/signal supply V *
Sensor/signal ground **
* May also indicate Reference Voltage.
** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.
Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.
I
O
C
S
+
–
D
D2
B+
P
15DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Symbols and Codes
Wiring Color Codes
N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow BOF Fiber optic (D2B Network)
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineer-ing uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because spaceis limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, beenshortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomesAC2-1, etc.
Harness Codes
AC Climate Control
AS Side Airbag
BH Engine Block Heaters
BL LH Rear Door
BR RH Rear Door
CA Cabin
DE Diesel Engine
DL Diesel Engine Link
EN Engine
FB Front Bumper
FL LH Front Door
FR RH Front Door
FT Fuel Tank
GC Cooling Pack
IJ Injector Rail
IP Instrument Panel
JB Junction Box
LF LH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
LR LH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
LS LH Front Seat
NA Navigation System
PA Pedal Assembly
PH Telephone
RB Rear Bumper
RC Roof Console
RF RH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
RR RH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
RS RH Front Seat
SL Security Sounder Link
TL Trunk Lid
TT Trailer Towing
TV Television
WG Tailgate Glass (Estate / Wagon only)
WL Tailgate Link (Estate / Wagon only)
WS Weight Sensor
WT Tailgate (Estate / Wagon only)
16 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Symbols and Codes
Grounds
There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),B – second (middle), C – third (top). Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’,which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
EXAMPLE:
S L R
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
G15AS G30CR
Ground
Ground stud number 15
Single eyelet
First eyelet on stud
Ground
Ground stud number 30
Eyelet pair, RH leg
Third eyelet on stud
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown inparentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLE:
G15AR(G4AR)
G30ASLHD Vehicles
RHD VehiclesSame for LHD and RHD Vehicles
Relays
Serviceable RelaysServiceable relays are located in both fuse boxes. They do not have a separate relay connector (base). All relays use the ISO pin numberingsystem – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Each relay is identified by an “R” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
EXAMPLE:
Non-Serviceable RelaysNon-serviceable relays are located in both fuse boxes. They are a component part of the fuse box printed circuit board (PCB) and are arrangedin singles or pairs. The relays use the ISO pin numbering system – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (single relay or top pair relay) and 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (bottom pair relay).Each relay is identified by an “R” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located. Pair relays are normally depicted separately.
EXAMPLE:
3
1
5
2
R2 4
V SUPPLY
V SUPPLY
NORMALLY CLOSED
SWITCHED POWER (NORMALLY OPEN)
SEEKS GROUND
CHANGE-OVER RELAY:RELAY PIN NUMBERS
AND STANDARD FUNCTIONS
3
1
5
2
R9
8
6
10
7
9
4
3
1
5
2
R9 4
8
6
10
7
R9 9
3
1
5
2
R10 4
SINGLEPCB RELAY
PCBPAIR RELAY
PCBPAIR RELAY
AS DEPICTED
NOTE: Diesel vehicles have one serviceable relay located on the Junction Box harness and one serviceable relay attached to the PowerDistribution Fuse Box.
17DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
F38 30A
S
SIP5-2
IP5-120.2
20.2 20.2
IP10-1
IP10-2
S
SU
Y
U
Y20.2
SCP
Symbols and Codes
Fuses
All fuses are located in the fuse boxes. Each fuse is identified by an “F” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
EXAMPLE:
Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted controlmodules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
Component Depictions
EXAMPLE:
COMPLETE COMPONENTSAND CONTROL MODULES
INCOMPLETE COMPONENTS(EXCEPT CONTROL MODULES)
ASSEMBLIES ANDPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOXES
COMPONENTS WITHINTERNAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT
18 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
CAN SCP
D2B
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK
NOTE: TYPICAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION.REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.
Network Configuration
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDMODULE
ROOFCONSOLE
FUEL FIREDAUXILIARY HEATER
MODULE
ABS, ABS/TC OR DSCCONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(GASOLINE ENGINES)
DRIVER SEATMODULE
DSCYAW RATE SENSOR
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
DSCSTEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
CLIMATECONTROL MODULE
J-GATE MODULE
INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
NETWORK GATEWAY
ENGINECONTROL MODULE(DIESEL ENGINES)
AUDIO UNIT
NETWORK GATEWAY
POWERAMPLIFIER
NAVIGATIONMODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE
CELLULAR PHONEMODULE
CDAUTOCHANGER
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
19DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
F1
10AF2
15AF4
10AF5
10AF6
7.5AF8
30AF9
30AF10
15AF11
15AF13
5AF14
30AF15
30AF16
5AF17
10AF18
10AF19
10AF20
30AF21
30A
F24
30AF27
15AF29
20AF30
20AF32
15AF35
5AF34
30AF36
5AF38
20A
R12, R13, R14, R10 *
R1 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7
R11R8
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7
R11R10R8
F1
10AF2
15AF3
20AF4
10AF5
10AF7
5AF8
30AF9
30AF11
15AF12
7.5AF13
5AF14
30AF15
30AF16
5AF17
10AF18
10AF19
10AF20
7.5AF21
15A
F22
60AF24
30AF27
15AF29
20AF30
20AF31
15AF32
15AF35
5A
F34
30A
F34
30AF36
7.5AF38
30A
R12, R13, R14, R10 *
Relay and Fuse Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (TOP): GASOLINE ENGINE VEHICLES
FRONT OF VEHICLE
R1 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
R2 NOT USED
R3 A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
R4 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
R5 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX IGNITION RELAY
R6 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
R7 EMS CONTROL RELAY
R8 POWERWASH PUMP RELAY
R9 NOT USED
R10 NOT USED
R11 DIP BEAM RELAY
R12 STARTER RELAY
R13 SLAVE IGNITION RELAY
R14 NOT USED
R15 HORN RELAY
* NON-SERVICEABLE PCB RELAYS
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (TOP): DIESEL ENGINE VEHICLES
G38 – ROOF, TOP OF LH ‘E’ POST(HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP GROUND –
SEDAN ONLY)
G3 – LH ‘E’ POST(HEATED REAR WINDOW GROUND)
G39 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G40 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G1 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G2 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G18 – UNDERRH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G10 – UNDERRH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 – ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G33 – ABS / TC / DSCCONTROL MODULE BRACKET
G8 – RH STRUT TOWER
G37 – RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G4 – RH ‘A’ POST, UPPER
G50 – RH REAR ROOF PANEL(ESTATE / WAGON ONLY)
NOTE: UNIQUE GROUND STUDS ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESES.
G51 – UNDER BODYLH DASH PANEL
28 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Control Module Location
COOLING FAN MODULE
VACUUM MODULE
CLIMATECONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITHCONTROL PANEL)
RAIN SENSINGMODULE
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD
DRIVER SEAT MODULE: LHD
FUEL PUMP MODULE
ABS, ABS/TC ORDSC MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD
DRIVER SEAT MODULE: RHD
PARKING AID MODULE
SPEED CONTROLMODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
YAW RATE SENSOR
J GATE MODULE
CLIMATECONTROL MODULE(REMOTE)
SEDAN
FULL OPTION SETSHOWN.
CONTROL MODULE STACK:
VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE (TOP)
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONEMODULE (BOTTOM)
POWER AMPLIFIER
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE
29DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Control Module Location
ESTATE / WAGON
COOLING FAN MODULE
VACUUM MODULE
CLIMATECONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITHCONTROL PANEL)
SPEED CONTROLMODULE
RAIN SENSINGMODULE
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT MODULE: LHD
FUEL PUMP MODULE
CONTROL MODULE STACK:
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE (TOP)
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
CD AUTOCHANGER
VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE
CELLULAR PHONEMODULE (BOTTOM)
POWER AMPLIFIER
FULL OPTION SETSHOWN.
ABS, ABS/TC ORDSC MODULE
CLIMATECONTROL MODULE(REMOTE)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD
YAW RATE SENSOR
J GATE MODULE
DRIVER SEAT MODULE: RHD
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
30 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
107
Y10
8G
109
RW
110
G11
1B
112
—11
3B
G11
4B
O11
5B
G11
6B
117
—11
8B
O11
9B
W12
0B
W
81 B82 B
83 Y84 G
85 —86 —
87 GU
88 GW
89 GR
90 —91 B
92 U93 U
Y
79 Y80 U
Y81 O
82 —83 —
84 WG
85 B86 G
87 N88 G
89 Y90 —
91 B
53 N54 N
55 BR
56 GW
57 GU
58 —59 O
60 B61 G
62 Y63 G
O64 B
65 BG
27 N28 —
29 BW
30 GW
31 BW
32 —33 —
34 GO
35 U36 G
U37 N
38 BG
39 W
1 BW
2W
U3 BG
4 B5 B
6 Y7 U
8 OG
9 —10 —
11 OY
12 YG
13 YG
92 BW
93 BW
94 BO
95 G96 RW
97 G98 R
99 GR
100
—10
1—
102
B10
3G
O10
4R
U
66 BO
67 BG
68 GO
69 B70 —
71 OY
72 —73 —
74 UY
75 B76 G
O77 RU
78 B
40 GU
41 GW
42 GR
43 RG
44 WU
45 —46 U
Y47 U
48 B49 —
50 G51 Y
52 B
14 GU
15 GW
16 GR
17 G18 B
19 B20 BG
21 NR
22 WG
23 WG
24 —25 G
26 Y
55 GO
56 GO
57 —58 —
59 —60 —
61 GU
62 GW
63 GR
64 —65 O
G66 U
Y67 O
29 B30 B
31 B32 —
33 WG
34 BG
35 —36 G
37 Y38 O
Y39 O
Y40 B
41 GO
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 Y
7 GO
8 GO
9 U10 G
U11 —
12 OY
13 Y14 —
121
WU
122
—12
3G
124
Y12
5—
126
—12
7B
W12
8N
129
N13
0B
R13
1Y
G13
2Y
G13
3B
G13
4R
W
94 O95 B
96 —97 —
98 N99 —
100
BG
101
—10
2R
103
Y10
4R
G10
5W
106
R
68 G69 N
70 UY
71 O72 —
73 U74 —
75 G76 Y
77 —78 Y
79 U80 G
42 —43 W
44 GW
45 BW
46 BW
47 YR
48 YG
49 —50 U
51 WU
52 GR
53 RG
54 B
15 —16 —
17 B18 B
19 BG
20 BG
21 —22 N
R23 W
G24 W
G25 W
26 —27 N
28 —
Control Module Pin Identification
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
– 2
.5 L
, 3.0
L
EN
16 /
134-W
AY
/ B
LA
CK
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
– 2
.0 L
EN
65 /
104-W
AY
/ B
LA
CK
31DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
24 —23 —
22 —21 GO
20 OG
19 —18 GU
17 —16 —
15 —14 N
R13 YG
12 BU
11 —10 —
9 B8 —
7 —6 YG
43 —42 —
41 —40 —
39 —38 BY
37 GO
36 —35 —
34 —33 YR
32 WR
31 —30 —
29 —28 B
27 —26 NG
25 WG
62 BG
61 BO
60 —59 —
58 GO
57 YR
56 —55 Y
54 Y53 N
52 —51 YU
50 WU
49 —48 —
47 W46 N
Y45 N
44 —
81 —80 U
79 BG
78 —77 U
76 —75 —
74 U73 G
72 Y71 W
70 NU
69 —68 BG
67 —66 B
65 —64 W
K63 —
106
WU
107
WG
108
YG
109
WU
110
NU
111
—11
2N
113
—
98 —99 W
G10
0N
G10
1W
K10
2N
W10
3W
K10
4N
W10
5W
U
90 WR
91 —92 —
93 —94 BR
95 BU
96 —97 —
82 NR
83 WU
84 NU
85 NW
86 OY
87 BU
88 B89 —
119
—12
0B
Y12
1B
U
117
GW
118
GY
114
BW
115
BO
4W
G5
WG
3W
G
1 B2 B
116
—
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
– 2
.0 L
D
Control Module Pin Identification
DL1 /
121-W
AY
/ B
LA
CK
32 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
18 R17 B
16 O15 B
14 N13 G
12 G11 —
10 W9 B
8 R7 O
6 UY
5 O4 U
3 G2 —
1 —
36 WU
35 —34 Y
33 Y32 —
31 —30 U
29 —28 —
27 Y26 S
25 W24 N
23 —22 —
21 G20 R
19 —
54 WU
53 Y52 G
51 —50 —
49 —48 —
47 OY
46 BR
D45 BW
44 BR
D43 —
42 BR
D41 —
40 —39 W
38 B37 —
1 R2 G
3 O4 B
5 Y6 G
7 W8 Y
9 —
10 WU
11 B12 N
13 —14 Y
15 G16 —
17 —18 U
19 WU
20 G21 U
22 —23 BR
D24 O
25 B26 BR
D27 R
28 UY
29 O30 —
31 —32 —
33 —
34 Y35 S
36 W37 —
38 N39 G
40 —41 O
Y42 R
43 BW
44 BR
D45 —
46 —47 W
48 B
JB
23
0J
B2
31
Control Module Pin Identification
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
– 1
6 B
IT
JB
131 /
37-W
AY
/ B
LU
E
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
– 3
2 B
IT
JB
230 /
24-W
AY
/ W
HIT
EJB
231 /
24-W
AY
/ G
RE
Y
33DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
11 —12 W
13 GB
14 WU
15 NR
16 WR
17 —18 —
19 —20 —
21 U22 —
23 GW
24 Y25 B
26 WG
27 B28 N
29 —30 N
G31 W
G32 G
O33 —
34 —35 —
36 —37 —
38 —39 GW
40 G41 —
42 GB
1 B2 R
3 —4 —
5 B6 R
7 —8 —
9 —10 —
11 —12 W
13 GB
14 WU
15 NR
16 WR
17 —18 —
19 —20 —
21 —22 —
23 GW
24 Y25 —
26 —
27 —28 N
29 —30 N
G31 W
G32 G
O33 —
34 —35 —
36 —37 —
38 —39 —
40 G41 —
42 —
1 B2 R
3 —4 —
5 B6 R
7 —8 —
9 —10 —
11 —12 W
13 GB
14 WU
15 NR
16 WR
17 —18 —
19 —20 —
21 —22 —
23 GW
24 Y25 —
26 —
27 B28 N
29 —30 N
G31 W
G32 G
O33 —
34 —35 —
36 —37 —
38 —39 —
40 G41 —
42 —
1 B2 R
3 —4 —
5 B6 R
7 —8 —
9 —10 —
DY
NA
MIC
ST
AB
ILIT
Y C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
Control Module Pin Identification
JB
185 /
42-W
AY
/ B
LU
E
AN
TI-
LO
CK
BR
AK
ING
SY
ST
EM
MO
DU
LE
OR
AN
TI-
LO
CK
BR
AK
ING
/ T
RA
CT
ION
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
JB
45 /
42-W
AY
BLU
E (
AB
S)
JB
197 /
42-W
AY
/ B
LU
E (
AB
S/T
C)
34 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
IP1
01
AC
1
14 G15 U
Y16 B
17 —18 —
19 —20 GU
21 GB
22 OG
23 O24 RW
25 RG
26 OY
1 —2 —
3 —4
GW
5 U6 GR
7 GO
8 RU
9 R10 W
B11 W
12 Y13 R
14 G15 U
Y16 B
17 —18 —
19 —20 GU
21 GB
22 OG
23 O24 RW
25 RG
26 OY
1 —2 —
3 —4
GW
5 U6 GR
7 GO
8 RU
9 R10 W
B11 W
12 Y13 R
14 OG
15 B16 W
17 B18 —
19 B20 G
21 W22 Y
23 G
1 OY
2 WR
3 B4 B
5 BW
6 B7 BW
8 —9 Y
10 G
14 OG
15 B16 W
17 B18 —
19 B20 G
21 W22 Y
23 G
1 OY
2 WR
3 B4 B
5 BW
6 B7 BW
8 —9 Y
10 G
IP1
01
AC
1
Control Module Pin Identification
CLIM
AT
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
–A
UT
OM
AT
IC (
RE
MO
TE
)
AC
1 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
WIP
101 /
26-W
AY
/ W
HIT
E
CLIM
AT
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
–A
UT
OM
AT
IC (
PA
NE
L)
AC
1 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
WIP
101 /
26-W
AY
/ W
HIT
E
35DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
2 B4 BK
1 GB
1 BW
2 BO
6 BG
3 BR
14 G15 U
Y16 B
17 —18 —
19 —20 G
U21 G
B22 O
G23 O
24 RW
25 RG
26 OY
1 —2 —
3 —4
GW
5 U6 GR
7 GO
8 RU
9 R10 W
B11 W
12 Y13 R
14 OG
15 B16 —
17 —18 —
19 —20 G
21 —22 Y
23 G
1 OY
2 WR
3 B4 B
5 —6 —
7 BW
8 —9 Y
10 G
IP135
IP39
IP101
AC
1
Control Module Pin Identification
CLIM
AT
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
–M
AN
UA
L (
PA
NE
L)
AC
1 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
WIP
135 /
2-W
AY
/ G
RE
YIP
39 /
4-W
AY
/ G
RE
YIP
101 /
26-W
AY
/ W
HIT
E
36 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
1 —2 OY
3 BK
4 YB
5 B
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 —11 —
12 —13 —
14 U15 RW
16 G17 G
18 Y19 O
20 Y21 —
22*
N/U
23 W
1 O2* O/R
3 YB
4 NR
5 WB
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 —11 —
12 —13 —
14 —15 Y
16 W17 W
G18 —
19 —20 U
21 —22 —
23 —
1 OY
2 WB
3 O4 OY
5 O
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 —11 —
12 —13 —
14 —15 —
16 —17 —
18 U19 —
20 —21 B
22 —23 G
U
1 B2 W
3 —4 W
5* GR
/G
6 —7 —
8 B9 G
10 R11 BW
12 WU
13 U
14 —15 Y
16 —17 BG
18 O19 BG
20 BG
21 R22 R
23 BO
1 WB
2 O3* B/U
4 GU
5 WG
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 —11 —
12 —13 —
14 B15 G
B16
*U
/G17 G
B18 U
19 Y20 B
21 WG
22 OY
23 B
CA
86
CA
87
JB
172
IP6
IP5
1 N2 U
3 —4 W
5 S6 GB
7 —8 —
1 BG
2 RW
3 Y4 RU
5W
G6
WU
1 —2 WR
3W
U4 W
5W
G6 —
9 —10 RU
11 U12 W
13 R14 —
15 —16 B
7 WR
8 W9 —
10 —11 —
12 —7 —
8 BG
9 —10 —
11 RW
12 —
CA
41
8C
A4
19
RB
7
Control Module Pin Identification
GE
NE
RA
L E
LE
CT
RO
NIC
MO
DU
LE
CA
86 /
23-W
AY
/ G
RE
Y
CA
87 /
23-W
AY
/ G
RE
EN
JB
172 /
23-W
AY
/ B
LU
EIP
6 /
23-W
AY
/ N
AT
UR
AL
*CA
86-2
2: S
EDA
N –
N; E
STA
TE (W
AG
ON
) – U
*CA
87-2
: SED
AN
– O
; ES
TATE
(WA
GO
N) –
R*I
P6-5
: SED
AN
– G
R; E
STA
TE (W
AG
ON
) – GIP5 /
23-W
AY
/ B
RO
WN
*IP5
-3: S
EDA
N –
B; E
STA
TE (W
AG
ON
) – U
*IP5
-16:
SED
AN
– U
; ES
TATE
(WA
GO
N) –
G
PA
RK
ING
AID
MO
DU
LE
CA
418 /
16-W
AY
/ W
HIT
EC
A419 /
12-W
AY
/ W
HIT
ER
B7 /
12-W
AY
/ W
HIT
E
37DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
13 YU
12 —11 G
R10 —
9 —8 B
7 OG
6 —5 B
4 —3 GB
2 —1 —
26 —25 R
24 GR
23 U22 —
21 O20 —
19 U18 —
17 OY
16 —15 O
G14 —
14 —15 B
16 B17 Y
18 G19 U
20 WU
21 —22 Y
23 U24 Y
25 W26 —
1 GB
2 OY
3W
G4 O
5 B6 G
7W
U8 WB
9 B10 U
11 B12 B
13 GR
IP11
IP10
Control Module Pin Identification
INS
TR
UM
EN
T C
LU
ST
ER
IP11 /
26-W
AY
/ W
HIT
EIP
10 /
26-W
AY
WH
ITE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
All Vehicles
JBS74
JB213-1
B
JB186-1
G12A
JB186-2
G16AS
B G12B
G13AS
GU
U
B
JB180
JB160
B
G12A
G12B
1
F39 150A
F27 15A JB207-1
JB200-1
U
02.1
U
B
U
05.1
12.4
GOIP18-1
IP18-4
I
II
IIIGUIPS45
GO
IPS44
GUIP132-1
IP132-3
IP132-2
F31 15A IP202-10
R
B
4
6
5
JB300-1
R
GUJB3-4JBS60
02.2
05.2
02.3
05.3
12.5
3
2
ENGINEGROUND
CHASSISGROUND
BATTERY
BATTERY-ve POST
TIMER
TRANSIT ISOLATIONRELAY
MEGAFUSE
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB188 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT, LH SIDE
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Fig. 01.2
All Vehicles
JBS95
JBS94
JBS93
1
F25 30A JB208-2
F26 15A JB207-5
F28 15A JB207-2
F32 15A JB207-7
UY
F33 30A JB208-4
F36 5A(2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L)
JB205-10
NR
F40 80A JB212-1
B
F41 60A JB210-1
(1)
F42 50A JB211-1
O
NGJB188-1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
RJB210-1
JB210-1
(2)
(3)
04.1
03.1
03.2
05.1
05.1
05.2
05.2
05.3
05.3
03.6
01.8
01.8
01.5
01.5
08.1 08.2
13.1
03.6
02.1
06.3
19.1
19.1
03.2
03.5
03.6
JB300-1
9
8
F31 15A JB207-4
GR 7 03.6
03.3
03.4 03.6
01.9
01.9
02.2 02.3
03.4 03.6
32
08.1 08.2 08.10
13.2
JB1-31
NR
F36 7.5A(2.0 L D)
JB205-10
GR 02.3JB1-13
GR 10
16
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
31
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
33
04.1
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
NOTATION:
(1) Vehicles with Anti-Lock Braking only(2) Vehicles with ABS and Traction Control(3) Vehicles with Dynamic Stability Control
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Fig. 01.3
OYF3 30A CA206-9
2
F6 30A CA206-5
OGF8 20A CA204-7
GBF9 10A CA204-9
OF10 15A CA204-5
OY
F11 20A
CA204-3
NR
F12 10A
CA204-1
OGF16 30A CA206-8
NF18 15A CA208-1
NF19 30A CA208-14
F20 30A
CA204-10
OY
F21 20A
CA204-12
OYF22 15A JB220-5
OYF25 5A IP201-13
GBF27 5A IP201-11
NF28 15A IP201-10
OF35 15A JB220-4
RF38 15A IP201-5
OYF44 15A CA209-6
OGF45 10A IP203-5
(1)
(2)
OY
OYOY
OY
11.2
11.3
11.3CA70-15 RSS2
34
35
OG
OY
11.7
11.7CAS95
CA65-11
CA70-11
OY
OY
CAS50
36
37
38
CA16-18
CA21-14
CA431-1
CA70-11
GB
GB
GB
GB
GB
GB
GB
GB
06.3
06.3
06.3
11.2
CA36-14
O
40
41
O
O
08.1
14.2RCS6
OYCA204-11
CA15-8
CA25-4
OY
OY
43
14.1
44
14.1
NRCA204-2 CA407-9 PHS1
NR NR
NR
NR
NR
45
16.6
46
16.3
47
16.1
48
16.2
CA414-1
(3)
(4)
OG
OG
49
50
51
OG
OG
06.3
11.3
11.3CA65-15 LSS2
N
52
19.1
N
53
08.5
54
55
NRCA208-8
NR
NR
15.2
15.2CAS90
OYCA204-4
CA20-8
CA30-4
OY
OY 59
56
14.1
14.1
2
12.1OY
58
20.1OY
16.5GB
N 19.1
O 01.7
R
NWIP201-2
OYCA209-5
CA414-3
OY
NW
OY
15.1
16.5
15.1
OG
06.1
07.1IPS77
OG
03.1
01.7
57
72
01.6
73
74
06.1
01.4
75
08.3
76
13.3
77
06.3
78
JB213-1 JB213-1
03.4
79
07.2 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4
08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4
06.2
06.2
08.4
08.6 08.7
11.3 11.4 11.5
10.239
10.2
10.2 11.1
11.5
08.2 09.1
10.2 11.1 11.3 11.4
09.1
09.2
F46 7.5A71 10.1
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 14.1 14.2
12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 13.1 13.2 13.3 14.1 14.2
12.4 12.5 13.1 13.2 13.3
15.2
15.2
12.1 12.2 12.3
16.4
16.3 16.4
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
08.8 08.9 19.1
19.1
20.2 20.3
16.6
16.642
11.5
11.5
62
61
60
67
70
69
68
66
65
64
63
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX(Continued at right)
NOTE: RCS6 – Sliding Roof vehicles.
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX(Continued from left)
NOTATION:
(1) Passenger Memory Seat; RH Seat without Lumbar(2) RH Seat with Lumbar(3) Driver Memory Seat; LH Seat without Lumbar(4) LH Seat with Lumbar
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Fig. 01.4
All Vehicles
CA230-1
GWIP18-6IP18-4
I
II
III
R3IP202-2 F43 10A
IP203-16
YU
76F4 20A
NGCA206-10
YGIP203-1
BCA208-9
3
1
5
2
R2 4
CAS10
B
G15AL
CAS27CA240-9
NG NG
NG
9I
10I
1I 02.1
IPS33 YG YG
YG
YG
YGCAS39
PHS4
YGYG
YG
YG
YG
2I
3I
4I
5I
6I
7I
8I
CA230-16
YU
16.5
15.1 15.2
16.6
16.5
16.1
16.3
19.1
08.5
YG
YG
YG
CA414-2
CA407-10
02.2 02.3 07.1
08.6 08.7 08.8 08.9
15.1 15.2
12.4 12.5
16.6
16.6
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.4
19.1
IGNITION SWITCH
ACCESSORYRELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: CAS39 – Vehicles withNavigation and Telephone.
NOTE: PHS4 – Vehicles withTelephone and Voice Control.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX IGNITION RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5
SLAVE IGNITION RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R13
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 1 Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 1 Fig. 01.5
All Vehicles
JB1-13
N
GR
JB205-5
JB129-12
GOIP18-1
IP18-4
I
II
IIIGU
IPS45 GO
IPS44
GUIP132-1
IP132-3
IP132-2
R3
GU
JB205-6JB3-4 JBS60
GU GU
GU
11II
JB1-15
GUGU 03.1
01.1
12II
13II
14II
15II
13.1
08.1
13.2
03.2
22
F35 5A
JB202-12
B B
G14BL
JBS55
F7 5A
JB202-7
JB202-8
F6 7.5A JB202-1
F9 30A JB204-2
F10 15A JB201-4
F11 15A JB201-3
F12 7.5A JB201-2
26II
3
1
5
2
R5 4
F13 5A JB201-5
JBS91
NR
JB3-5
GW
JB1-30
RW
JB129-19
WU
JB1-32
RW
JB3-2
GW
GR 16II 02.1
17II
03.6
19II
13.2
21II
03.2
22II
04.1
24II
03.6
25II
05.1
NR
18II
13.1
20II
JB130-5
GW GW
GW GW
GW
RW
JBS65
WU
23II
04.1WU
RW
GW
03.1
02.1
GOGO
GO
N
GU
01.6
01.628II
27II
29II
30II
01.6GO 31II
21
03.3 03.5
03.4 03.6
02.2
03.4
05.2 05.3
03.3 03.5
3
1
5
2
R13 4
08.2 08.10
13.1 13.2
13.213.1
13.213.1
13.213.1
13.3
GO
GO
04.2
04.2
TRANSIT ISOLATIONRELAY
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
SLAVE IGNITIONRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTIONFUSE BOX
IGNITION RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
IP201-1
33II 13.3
32II 08.3
GUIP202-1
28II
NJB220-8
27II
74
BCA208-9CAS10
B
G15AL
3
1
5
2
R5 4
F7 10A
F13 15A
F17 20A
F26 10A
F29 7.5A
F32 5A
F33 5A
F34 10A
F39 10A
F50 5A
F51 7.5A
F52 15A
CA206-4
CA208-13
NG
JB220-12
RW
IP202-5
GB
IP203-4
WR
CA204-13
N
JB220-2
GB
IP201-4WR
IP201-12
WR
JB220-11
NR
IP202-8
OY
CA204-15
WR
CA204-8
WR
CA204-16
WU
CA407-11
WR 16.3
WR 13.2
11.2
06.3CAS70
CA70-9
WU WU*
WU GBCA65-9
CA10-3
NG 03.2
RW 02.1
GB 08.3
WR 20.1
N 18.1
IP203-6
JB1-2
GB 08.3
IP201-3
WR WR 08.10
WR
WR 06.1
06.1
04.1WR
JB2-2
NR
NR
NR
NRNR
NR
PAS3
03.1
03.2
JB196-2 NR
NR
PAS3
03.4
03.4
OY 19.1
F30 5A
F42 5A
YCA208-6
GRIP202-12
CA407-816.1Y
GR 07.1
GOIP202-14
31II
F40 5A CA209-1
WU
F41 5A CA209-11
GR
F53 10A IP202-15
G
F54 5A IP202-13
GR
CA209-2
GU
CA208-12
GU
CA209-8
GW
CA209-7
GW
CA36-12 WU
BR 19.1
14.2
GU 14.1CA30-5
CA20-9
GU 14.1
CA25-5
CA15-9
GW 14.1
14.1
DDS3GW
GW
GW 10.1
IP202-16
GR GR 17.1
GR 17.1CA70-3
G
GR
17.1
07.1
02.2 03.2 04.1
03.3
03.5 05.1 05.2 05.303.6
03.6
IP202-3
08.4
03.4
08.4
08.4
06.2
08.3 08.4
08.3
11.711.6
10.2 11.1 11.711.6
10.2 14.1
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.4
20.2 20.3
(2.0 L)
(2.5 L, 3.0 L)
NG
NGJB220-10
03.4
(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)
(2.0 L)
JB2-14 (2.5 L, 3.0 L)JB196-5 (2.0 L)
64II
65II
05.1 05.2 05.3
34II
36II
35II
37II
39II
38II
40II
41II
04.2
44II
42II
43II
45II
47II
46II
48II
49II
08.4
50II
51II
52II
53II
54II
55II
56II
57II
59II
58II
60II
61II
62II
63II
04.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
66II
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 2 Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 2 Fig. 01.6
All Vehicles
PASSENGER JUNCTIONFUSE BOX
IGNITION RELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
* NOTE: GB – Non Memory Vehicles.
NOTE: JB2-14, JB196-5 – Manual Transmission only.
NOTE: PAS3 – Speed Control only.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
GROUNDSGround Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver Fig. 01.7
CA36-13 RCS3OY
IP203-13
F49 10A
OY
73
CA209-3
BIP5-20
O
64 OJB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
B
P
OYIP201-6
OYCA209-10
OY
OY
OY
OY
09.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
OY
OY
OY
WR
09.1
09.1
06.1
06.2
IPS12
CAS19
OYB
75 09.1
OYB
76 09.1
3
1
5
2
R10 4
06.2
19.1
B73
B72
B71
B70
B69
B68
B67
B74
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
BATTERY SAVERRELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: CAS19 – Estate / Wagon only.
NOTE: “Battery Saver” provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutesand automatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes.
GEM timers are started when the Ignition Key has been switched to the I (Accessory) or 0 (Off)position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is/are switched off.
When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled, and the Battery Savertimer is reset:• The Ignition is switched to II (run) or III (start).• Any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened.• Any unlock is activated.
Battery Saver is also active when GEM diagnostic mode is entered.
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 01.8
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationEMS CONTROL RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / FUEL TANK LINK HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA210 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE TOP
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT, LH SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module – 2.0 L
Pin Description and CharacteristicO EN65-69 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L
Pin Description and CharacteristicO EN16-40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
EMS Switched Power Distribution: Gasoline Engines EMS Switched Power Distribution: Gasoline Engines Fig. 01.8
Gasoline Engine Vehicles
NREN16-40 (2.5, 3.0 L)EN65-69 (2.0 L)
JB1-33JB201-6
B
WGJB206-5
JB1-41
F16 5A
ILS1
20
193
1
5
2
R7 4
O BJB206-1F17 10A
JB206-6F18 10A
JB206-7F19 10A
JB203-1F20 30A
JB203-3F21 30A
WG
WR
WG
JB187-2
WG 03.2
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.4
05.1
03.1
03.1
03.1 03.3
EN4-6
GR
GW
NR
GR
GY
GB
GU
GN
GUJBS44
ENS27JB1-11
GU GUGU
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
CA210-2 CA5-10
JB1-5
JB206-2
WG 03.1
JB1-35 ENS11WG
WG
WG
WGJB220-10
JB1-9 ENS4WR
WR
WR
JB1-1 ENS13WG
WG
WG
03.4
03.3
03.2 03.4
03.2 03.4
03.2 03.4
03.2 03.4
03.2 03.4
03.2 03.4
03.3
05.2 05.3
03.3
03.1 03.3
03.1 03.3
03.1 03.3
03.1 03.3
03.1 03.3
GU
GU
GU
E95
E94
E93
E96
E97
E92
E91
E79
E78
E81
E80
E82
E88
E87
E86
E85
E84
E83
E90
E89
E77
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
EMS CONTROLRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 01.9
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationEMS CONTROL RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT, LH SIDE
DL2 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D
Pin Description and CharacteristicO DL1-9 EMS CONTROL RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
EMS Switched Power Distribution: Diesel Engine EMS Switched Power Distribution: Diesel Engine Fig. 01.9
NR
DL1-9
JB1-33
JB201-6
B
WGJB206-5
JB1-41
F16 5A
DLS2
20
193
1
5
2
R7 4
O B
JB206-1F17 10A
JB203-1F20 7.5A
JB203-3F21 15A
WR
WG
JB187-2
WG 03.6
03.5
03.5
03.5
03.5
03.5
03.5
03.5
03.5
NR
WG
WG
WG
WG
N
DL2-31
JB1-1
JB1-9
DLS8 NR
NR
GY
JB206-6F18 10A
JB205-4
WR
WG
03.5WGWGDL2-12
E98
E100
E99
E101
E107
E106
E105
E104
E103
E102
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
EMS CONTROLRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
Diesel Engine Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN -
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP -
I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Fig. 02.1
R
B
YIP18-7
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
3
OIP10-4IP15-4
IP10-23
IP10-2220.3
20.3U
Y
IP5-18
IP5-1920.3
20.3U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8G37AL
(G36BL)
D
D
BIP6-8
I
B
GIP10-6
BJB160
EN16-123
EN16-124
EN16-079
EN16-053
Y
G
ST2
B
B
EN49-2
EN49-1
EN49-4
GR
RG
U
ST4
Y
I
I
16II
EN16-065 EN49-3
OG
O
20.2 20.1IP10-17
IP10-18
20.220.1Y
G
JB156-6
JB156-10
RWB
42II
JB129-11
JB2-16
GO BRW(NAS)
(ROW)
(NAS)
(ROW)
Y Y
I
I
P, N
EN16-031
Y
B
EN16-041
GO O
GO
26
JB1-40
Y
JB1-34
(AUTO)
(MAN)W
U
PA5-2PA5-1
EN16-006
BG12A
G16AS
BG12B
G13AS
4
JB145-5
JB2-12
30II
IP11-13
YU
B
N
P
EN700
JB1-42
Y
YB
B
P
JB205-7
JB205-8
Y
F34 30A
3
1
5
2
R12 4
JB208-3
JB206-8
B
P
1I
S
S–
+
–
+
–
+C
C
C
C
S
S–
+
20.2 20.120.220.1
BATTERY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(III)
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR
CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
O.K. TO START
O.K. TO STARTGENERATOR
WARNING
STARTERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
STARTER MOTOR
STARTENGINE
CRANKENGINEREQUEST
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.1.
FIELD
GENERATORCONTROL
CHARGE / FAULT
GENERATOR
2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
C EN65-088 CAN -
C EN65-089 CAN +
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN -
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP -
I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L Fig. 02.2
2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles
R
B
YIP18-7
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
3
OIP10-4IP15-4
IP10-23
IP10-2220.3
20.3U
Y
IP5-18
IP5-1920.3
20.3U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8G37AL
(G36BL)
D
D
BIP6-8
I
B
GIP10-6
BJB160
EN65-088
EN65-089
EN65-035
EN65-043
Y
G
ST2
B
B
EN49-2
EN49-1
EN49-4
GR
RG
U
ST4
Y
I
I
16II
EN65-008 EN49-3
OG
O
20.2 20.1IP10-17
IP10-18
20.220.1Y
G
JB156-6
JB156-10
RWB
42II
JB129-11
Y Y
I
I
P, N
EN65-085
Y
B
EN65-068
GO O
GO
26
JB1-40
Y
JB1-34 EN65-006
BG12A
G16AS
BG12B
G13AS
4
JB1-6
IP11-13
YU
B
N
P
EN700
JB1-42
Y
YB
B
P
JB205-7
JB205-8
Y
F34 30A
3
1
5
2
R12 4
JB208-3
JB206-8
B
P
1I
S
S–
+
–
+
–
+C
C
C
C
S
S–
+
20.2 20.120.220.1
BATTERY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(III)
TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
O.K. TO START
O.K. TO STARTGENERATOR
WARNING
STARTERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
STARTER MOTOR
STARTENGINE
CRANKENGINEREQUEST
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.3.
FIELD
GENERATORCONTROL
CHARGE / FAULT
GENERATOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D
Pin Description and CharacteristicO DL1-021 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O DL1-047 GENERATOR MONITOR
C DL1-054 CAN +
C DL1-073 CAN -
O DL1-112 GENERATOR COMMON
Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN -
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP -
I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L D Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L D Fig. 02.3
2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles
R
B
YIP18-7
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
3
OIP10-4IP15-4
IP10-23
IP10-2220.3
20.3U
Y
IP5-18
IP5-1920.3
20.3U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8G37AL
(G36BL)
D
D
BIP6-8
I
B
GIP10-6
BJB160
DL1-073
DL1-054
DL1-047
DL1-112
Y
G
ST2
B
B
DE2-2
DE2-3
DE2-1
GR
N
W
Y
20.2 20.1IP10-17
IP10-18
20.220.1Y
G
JB129-11
Y Y
DL1-021
GO O
GO
26
JB1-40
Y
BG12A
G16AS
BG12B
G13AS
4
IP11-13
YU
B
DL8
JB1-42
Y
B
B
P
JB205-7
JB205-8
F34 30A
3
1
5
2
R12 4
JB208-3
JB206-8
B
P
1I
DL2-42
DL2-25
DL2-1
GR
N
W
S
S–
+
–
+
–
+C
C
C
C
S
S–
+
20.2 20.120.220.1
DLS1
10
BATTERY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(III)
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
O.K. TO START
O.K. TO START GENERATORWARNING
STARTERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
STARTER MOTOR
STARTENGINE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.5.
COMMON
MONITOR
GENERATOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR – 2.5 L, 3.0 L PA1 6-WAY / BLACK ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CKP SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
CMP SENSOR 1 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT
EFT SENSOR – 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL8 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
TP SENSOR – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN13 4-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE BODY
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / FUEL TANK LINK HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE TOP
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G8 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH STRUT TOWER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L
Pin Description and CharacteristicO EN16-001 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO EN16-002 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
PG EN16-004 POWER GROUND 1: GROUNDPG EN16-005 POWER GROUND 2: GROUNDI EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+I EN16-007 IGNITION ON: B+I EN16-008 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI EN16-010 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VSS EN16-013 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 VSG EN16-017 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUNDSG EN16-018 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUNDSG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDSG EN16-020 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUNDB+ EN16-022 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ EN16-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+B+ EN16-024 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+SG EN16-029 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDSG EN16-030 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
I EN16-031 (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI EN16-031 (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION) PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / B+ IN P, NI EN16-036 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN16-037 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO EN16-038 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO EN16-039 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO EN16-040 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG EN16-043 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUNDI EN16-044 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG EN16-045 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDSG EN16-046 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN16-050 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESO EN16-052 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EN16-053 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG EN16-054 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUNDO EN16-055 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO EN16-056 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEI EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITIONO EN16-066 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%O EN16-067 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI EN16-068 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN16-069 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI EN16-070 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI EN16-071 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI EN16-073 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI EN16-075 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.74 V; FULL THROTTLE = 3.97 VI EN16-076 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.65 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.20 VI EN16-078 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI EN16-079 GENERATOR CHARGE / FAULT: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ONO EN16-080 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I EN16-083 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI EN16-084 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
SG EN16-091 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUNDO EN16-092 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%O EN16-093 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%I EN16-094 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN16-095 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI EN16-098 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
SG EN16-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUNDI EN16-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.33 VI EN16-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 0.84 VI EN16-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESD EN16-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATIONO EN16-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORI EN16-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI EN16-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTO EN16-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%O EN16-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
SG EN16-111 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUNDSG EN16-116 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUNDC EN16-123 CAN -C EN16-124 CAN +I EN16-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASESI EN16-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGI EN16-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG EN16-130 HO2 SENSORS GROUND: GROUNDB+ EN16-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 1 Fig. 03.1
2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles
EN16-053
EN16-006
EN16-007
EN16-010
RG
GU
GO
Y
ENS1 ENS22
G8AL G8AR
B
B
B
B
B
BBB
B
B
BB
EN16-116
EN16-111
EN16-091
EN16-082
EN16-081
EN16-054
EN16-030
EN16-029
EN16-018
EN16-017
EN16-005
EN16-004
RWEN16-109
GEN16-110
OYEN16-038
OYEN16-039
UYEN16-066
OEN16-067
GEN16-075
YEN16-076
WEN16-043
YEN16-013
BGEN16-020
RGEN16-104
UEN16-050
UEN16-073
YEN16-078
UYEN16-070
BGEN16-019
OEN16-071
BWEN16-046
BWEN16-045
GWEN16-044
GOEN16-055
GEN16-108
YEN16-107
GEN16-084
YEN16-083
BREN16-130
RUEN16-002
RUEN16-001
EN16-123
G
EN16-124
Y
EN16-105
W
EN16-134
RW
EN16-052
GR O
JB1-38
JB1-39
RW
GR
72
C
C
D
20.120.2
20.3
EN16-031
EN16-065
EN16-079
EN16-041
B
GO
U
OG
02.1
29II
I
I
O
I
I
02.1
02.1
02.1
02.1
I02.1
EN16-022
NR9
EN23 -1
EN37 EN32-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
EN6 -1 -3 -2EN12-1
EN18 -2 -1-5-4
υ
2/11/1IATS
υ
EN25 -1 -2
υ
EN14 EN9-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
λ
2/2
λ
1/2
U U
E96
E94
E97
E95
Y G RU
WG
Y G GO
WR
N BR
U WG
N BR
UY
WR
GW
BW
O BG
NEN16-129
UEN16-092
NEN16-128
GOEN16-056
UYEN16-093
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
OEN16-040
B O01.8
EN43-1
EN33-1
21
Y G O B G N W N
EN12-2
EN43-2
EN33-2
-2
NEN16-098
NEN16-069
GEN16-068
BGEN16-100
BEN16-095
OEN16-094
GEN16-036
YEN16-037
–
+
O
GU
ENS6
E84
I
I
IL7 -3 -2 -1
υ
FT5 -2 -1
TP1
EN10-2
EN10-1EN13 -3-1 -2 -4
TP2
REN16-102
YEN16-103
OYEN16-012
BWEN16-127
UY
BG
Y BG
WG
WG
YG
WU
NU
IL8 -1 -2 FT7 -3 -1-2EN8 -2 -1 -4
RG
OY
BG
OY
BW
BG
I
I
ENS7
ILS2
EN4-11
BG
BG
EN4-12
EN4-4
U OY
I
BGJBS20
BG
BG
BG
JB2-5
BG
BG
JBS45JB1-18
OY OY
JB1-17
JB2-7
OYO
Y
EN4-10
U
I
CA5-4
CA10-18
JB1-14
RG
RG
I
CA5-6
CA10-13
CA5-5
CA10-19
OY
OY
I
APP1
-4-3 -1-2
APP2
PA1 -5 -6
YRBG
Y
JB2-6
JB2-8
JB1-8
JB1-7
RGI
I
ENS15
I
I
I
I
JB1-6
WJB2-4
JB2-15JB1-12
JB2-13JB1-3
YBG
G Y R G
REN16-106
GEN16-080O
O
I
I
W W
JB170 -2 -1EN42 -2 -1EN61 -2 -1
21
RW G
UY
GU
O GU
OY
BG
B B
O
O
E85
E86
EN998 -2 -1EN999 -2 -1
21
GU
GU
OY
OY
E90
E89
O
O
O
OJB1-29
JB1-10
OCA170-5
O
CA5-9
I
EN16-024
WGEN16-023
WG
JB1-23 JBS4
GOEN16-008I
PA3 -1 -3
51II
GW
NR
JB2-1
GO GW
E91
11II
I
I
E92
E93
ENS3
ENS2
ENS10
BG BGENS5
BRD
ENS47
BB B
B
B
B
B
P
P
3
1
5
2
R7 4
F36 20A JB220-6
JB220-9
20.120.2
IGNITION SENSE
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY
GENERATOR: CONTROL
GENERATOR: FIELD
GENERATOR: CHARGE / FAULT
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL
THROTTLE MOTORRELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(Continued Fig. 03.2)
HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM CKP
SENSORCMP
SENSORSKNOCK
SENSORMAF
SENSORECT
SENSOREOT
SENSORIP
SENSOREFT
SENSORMAP
SENSORFTP
SENSOR *
VVTSOLENOID VALVES
IMTSOLENOID VALVES
(1 – BOTTOM; 2 – TOP)
EVAPCANISTER
PURGE VALVE
EVAPCANISTER
CLOSE VALVE *
NOTES:
* EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel TankPressure Sensor – NAS vehicles only.
Shielding shown as dashed linesare braided wires.
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
TP SENSOR
THROTTLEMOTOR
THROTTLE BODYAPP SENSOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 03.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CKP SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
CMP SENSOR 1 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
O EN65-103 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EN65-104 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 1 Fig. 03.3
2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles
EN65-043
EN65-006
EN65-063
EN65-036
RG
GU
GO
Y
ENS1 ENS22
G8AL G8AR
B
B
B
B
B
BBB
B
BB
EN65-091
EN65-064
EN65-102
EN65-078
EN65-052
EN65-048
EN65-075
EN65-005
EN65-004
EN65-019
EN65-018
RWEN65-096
GEN65-095
OYEN65-070
UYEN65-074
NEN65-027
YEN65-079
UYEN65-080
BGEN65-003
OEN65-081
BWEN65-031
BWEN65-029
GWEN65-030
GOEN65-076
GEN65-025
YEN65-026
GEN65-050
YEN65-051
BREN65-055
RUEN65-104
RUEN65-077
EN65-088
G
EN65-089
Y
EN65-039
W
C
C
D
20.120.2
20.3
EN65-085
EN65-008
EN65-035
EN65-068
B
GO
U
OG
02.2
29II
I
I
O
I
I
02.2
02.2
02.2
02.2
I02.2
EN65-021
NR9
EN23 -1
EN37 EN32-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
EN6 -1 -3 -2EN12-1
EN18 -2 -1-5-4
υ
2/11/1IATS
υ
EN25 -1 -2
υ
EN14 EN9-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
λ
2/2
λ
1/2
U U
E96
E94
E97
E95
Y G RU
WG
Y G GO
WR
N W U WG
N BR
UY
WR
GW
BW
O BG
NEN65-054
UEN65-047
NEN65-053
GOEN65-103
UYEN65-046
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
OEN65-069
B O01.8
EN43-1
EN33-1
21
Y G O B G N W N
EN12-2
EN43-2
EN33-2
-2
NEN65-037
NEN65-087
GEN65-086
BGEN65-038
BEN65-060
OEN65-059
GEN65-061
YEN65-062
–
+
O
GU
ENS6
E84
I
I
EN87-2
EN87-1
EN88-1
OYEN65-011
BWEN65-001
UY
BG
Y BG
EN8 -2 -1 -4
OY
BW
BG
I
I
ENS7
BG
OY
I
ENS15
I
I
I
I
N R G
REN65-098
GEN65-097O
O
I
JB170 -2 -1EN42 -2 -1EN61 -2 -1
21
RW G
UY
GUB B
O
O
E86
EN998 -2 -1
2
GU
OY
E90
O
OJB1-10
I
EN65-023
WGEN65-022
WG
JB1-23 JBS4
GOEN65-034I
PA3 -1 -3
54II
GW
NR
JB196-1
CA170-15
GO GW GW
11II
I
I
E92
E93
ENS3
ENS2
ENS10
BG BGENS5
BRD
ENS47
BB B
B
B
B
P
P
EN88-2
EN88-3
20.120.2
IGNITION SENSE
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY
GENERATOR: CONTROL
GENERATOR: FIELD
GENERATOR: CHARGE / FAULT
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(Continued Fig. 03.4)
HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM CKP
SENSORCMP
SENSORSKNOCK
SENSORMAF
SENSORECT
SENSOREOT
SENSORMAP
SENSOR
VVTSOLENOID VALVES
IMTSOLENOID VALVE
EVAPCANISTER
PURGE VALVE
NOTE: Shielding shown as dashedlines are braided wires.
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
TP SENSOR IDLE SPEEDCONTROL VALVE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 03.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR – 2.0 L D DL4 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT OF COOLING PACK
APP SENSOR – 2.0 L D PA6 10-WAY / GREY ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CHT SENSOR DE13 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD
CKP SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE6 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE FLYWHEEL / RH SIDE
CLUTCH SWITCH – 2.0 L D PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CMP SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE7 3-WAY / GREY CYLINDER HEAD INLET CAMSHAFT
EFT SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE1 2-WAY / BLUE REAR OF HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
EGR SOLENOID VALVE DL14 2-WAY / BLACK VACUUM RESERVOIR BRACKET
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
FUEL INJECTOR 1 – 2.0 L D DE9 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD
FUEL INJECTOR 2 – 2.0 L D DE11 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD
FUEL INJECTOR 3 – 2.0 L D DE12 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD
FUEL INJECTOR 4 – 2.0 L D DE10 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD
FUEL METERING VALVE DE5 2-WAY / BROWN REAR OF HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
GLOW PLUG POWER EYELET DL10 EYELET ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD
GLOW PLUG RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R10
IP SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE3 3-WAY / PURPLE FRONT OF FUEL RAIL
KNOCK SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE8 2-WAY / BLACK CYLINDER BLOCK / LH SIDE
MAF SENSOR – 2.0 L D DL6 6-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
T-MAP SENSOR DL5 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE CHARGE AIR DUCT BETWEENCHARGE AIR COOLER AND EGR VALVE
TURBOCHARGER SOLENOID VALVE DL13 2-WAY / BLACK VACUUM RESERVOIR BRACKET
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationDL2 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
JB237 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G8 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH STRUT TOWER
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG DL1-001 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG DL1-002 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ DL1-003 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ DL1-004 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ DL1-005 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
SS DL1-006 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY V: NOMINAL 5 V
O DL1-009 EMS CONTROL RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG DL1-014 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND: GROUND
I DL1-018 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
O DL1-020 GLOW PLUG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O DL1-021 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I DL1-025 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: 0.5 V – 4.5 V DEPENDANT ON FUEL RAIL PRESSURE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 03.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK 2.0 L D: ENGINE BLOCK / LH FRONT
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 1 – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R15
AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 2 JB234 RELAY BASE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CENTER, FRONT
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CLUTCH SWITCH – 2.0 L D PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK / LH SIDE
COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK / RH SIDE
COOLING FAN MODULE JB187 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDEJB188 2-WAY / BLACK
ELECTRIC AUXILIARY HEATER JB235 6-WAY / BLACK VEHICLE UNDER-FLOOR REARWARD OF ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE JB232 6-WAY / BLACK VEHICLE UNDER-FLOOR REARWARD OF ENGINE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SOLID STATE RELAY JB238 7-WAY / BROWN ATTACHED TO TOP OF PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationJB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT, LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G8 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH STRUT TOWER
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G51 JB UNDER BODY / LH DASH PANEL
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D
Pin Description and CharacteristicDL1-012 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
SG DL1-013 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I DL1-057 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
I DL1-058 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O DL1-061 AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O DL1-062 AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG DL1-068 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I DL1-077 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY CLOSED, B+ / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
O DL1-079 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O DL1-080 SOLID STATE RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SS DL1-086 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
O DL1-105 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
I DL1-106 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
O
RW
UUDL1-080JB1-34 BOBODL1-061JB1-38
BGBGDL1-062JB1-39 BGBGDL1-079JB1-37
WUWUDL1-105JB1-8 BGBGDL1-068
JB1-17 OYOYDL1-086JB1-18 WUWUDL1-106JB1-19
YRYRDL1-057JB1-25 YGYGDL1-013JB1-24
UUDL1-077JB1-28 GOGODL1-058JB1-23
BUBUDL1-012JB1-4
PA2 -1 -2
52II
U NR
JB2-10
GW
PA4 -1 -3
RW
U
PA3 -1 -3
51II
GW
NR
JB2-1
GWJBS4
GW
JB2-14
1κ Ω SW4-12.2κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω
YRYG
SW4-3SW5-2
SW5-4
YR
BSWS1
BIP34-6
IP34-8
JB129-13
JB129-14
I
JB106 -3 -2 -1
OY
BG
WU
I
I
I
I
FANS
WG
WU
OG
OY
B
11
JB187-1
JB188-2
B
G11AS
I
O
O
GC2-A GC2-B
E98
R
G
O
O
GC1-B GC1-A
NG
P
B
B
O
JB202-3
JB202-4
F5 10A
RG
BG
RGDL9-2
B
G8AR
DL9-1
JB1-36
30
15II
5
2
R3
1
3
4
O
17II
NR
U G
JB238 -3 -1 -5
O
JB232-5
G GR
RW
B W
JB232-1
JB232-4
JB232-2
JB232-3
24II7
G51AL
20.3
DB B PI
JB206-4
JB206-3
F38 30A
GO
BO33
32 3
1
5
2
R15 4
O
GW
BG
18
24II
3
1
5
2
4JB234
GWJBS14
O
GW
JB235-1
1
2
3
JB235-5
JB235-3
B
G51AL
B
G51AR
JB30AR
JB30AL
Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 2 Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 2 Fig. 03.6
2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles
SOLID STATERELAY
FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARYHEATER MODULE*
SERIALCOMMUNICATION
* NOTE: Either Fuel-Fired Auxiliary Heater or Electric Auxiliary Heater fitted.
AUXILIARY HEATERRELAY 1
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ELECTRICAUXILIARY HEATER*
AUXILIARY HEATERRELAY 2
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(Continued from Fig. 03.5)
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.5.
ON RESUME SET + SET – CANCEL OFF
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CLUTCHSWITCH
BRAKEON/OFFSWITCH
BRAKECANCELSWITCH
AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
LH COOLING FAN
RH COOLING FAN
COOLING FANMODULE
FANS
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
16-Bit TCM VehiclesEarly Production Sedan Vehicles
JB131-13
G
JB131-12
JB131-06
JB131-33
JB131-36
JB131-54
BB
BR
D
OR
Y
SU
O
G
NRWUWYGROGNBB
Y
G
WU
WU
UY
IP14-2
IP14-6
OY
B
B
JB131-34
Y
8
20.120.2
20.120.2 –
+
–
+
JB155-7
JB155-18
JB155-9
JB155-10
JB155-11
JB155-17
JB155-16
JB155-8
JB155-15
JB155-12
JB155-13
JB155-14
υ
JB155-2
JB155-1
JB155-4
JB155-3
JB155-6
JB155-5
BR
D
BR
D
W
JB131-17
JB131-15
JB131-14
JB131-52
JB131-16
JB131-18
JB131-03
JB131-53
JB131-10
JB131-04
JB131-39
JB131-20
JB131-24
JB131-21
JB131-05
JB131-30
JB131-26
JB131-25
JB131-27
JB131-08
JB131-07
JB131-09
JB131-38
C
C
C
C
OY
BWJB131-45
JB131-47
JB156-9
JB156-7
JB156-2
JB156-1
JB156-8
RWJB156-10
JB156-6
IP14-4
Y
IP14-10
G
IP14-9
Y
IP14-12
G
IP14-11
Y
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
IP14-1
WR
IPS68B
IP14-3
G
P
R
N
D
2
3
G37BL
OYJB129-10
JBS55
G14AL
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BGYB OGN
YSU W B
WUWYGROGN R
RIP18-4
UIP18-3
O
I
IP14-16
I
O
O
3
09.2
07.2
50II
20.220.1
20.220.1
B
G15BLG15BR
PR
D
23
N
P
N
42II
02.1
A B C
B
B
B
P
P
B
BRDJB131-44
BRDJB131-46
BRDJB131-42
02.2
IP14-14
IP14-15
O
R
JB129-22
JB129-20
O
O
P
OIP14-5
BW
JB130-6
22II
23II
20.120.2
20.120.2
20.220.1
20.220.1
JB156-3
JB156-4
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES
SHIFTSOLENOIDS
PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOIDS
(DUTY CYCLE)TIMING
SOLENOIDS
TCC
LIN
E
2/4
BR
AK
E
LOW
CLU
TCH
RED
UC
TIO
N
2/4
BR
AK
E
FLUIDTEMPERATURE
SENSORTURBINE
SPEED SENSORINTERMEDIATESPEED SENSOR
OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
ECM: STARTERCIRCUIT
MODE SWITCH
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
GEARSHIFTINTERLOCKSOLENOID
SECONDGEAR
THIRDGEAR
FOURTHGEAR
J-GATE MODULE
GEM: KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
KEY LOCKSOLENOID
IGNITION SWITCH
CAN MESSAGES:• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS• BRAKE ON / OFF
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
CAN MESSAGES:• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS• BRAKE ON / OFF
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 05.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
VACUUM MODULE JB240 5-WAY / BLACK UNDER BATTERY TRAYJB241 2-WAY / BLACKJB242 2-WAY / GREY
VACUUM PUMP VP1 2-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.0 L LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.0 L RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO RH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO LH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Anti-Lock Braking System Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB45-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB45-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
PG JB45-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB45-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB45-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB45-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB45-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB45-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB45-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
B+ JB45-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C JB45-24 CAN +
O JB45-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB45-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB45-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I JB45-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C JB45-40 CAN -
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Anti-Lock Braking Anti-Lock Braking Fig. 05.1
JBS4
PA3-1
51II
GW NR
JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)JB196-1 (2.0 L)
GW
5
GO GU U R S
G14AS
B
JB241-1
JB240-1
JB240-5
JB241-2
JB242-1
JB242-2
B
JB45-06
R
JB45-02
R
GW
Y
G
20.1
20.2
12
LF1-2
RF1-2
W N W R
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
JB15-1
CA10-16
JB15-2
CA10-17
LF1-1
RF1-1
WU GB WG NG
G18AL
JB45-23
JB45-24
JB45-40
C
C
JB45-12
JB45-28
JB45-16
JB45-15
JB45-14
JB45-13
JB45-31
JB45-30
JB45-32
WNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO
25II
JB45-05 B
JB45-01 B
G18AR
I
PA3-3
JB133-1
CA170-6
JB133-2
CA170-7
I
I
I
I
CAN
VP1-2
VP1-1
R S
BB
H H H H
B
B
B
P
P
13
E88
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
CA10-16
CA10-17
WU GB WG NG
CA170-6
CA170-7
H H
LR1-2
R W R W
LR1-1
RR1-2
RR1-1
–
+20.2
20.1
54II
2.0 L
2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D
DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
MOTOR
SOLENOIDS
MOTOR
ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGSYSTEM MODULE
PRESSUREPUMP
CONTROLVALVES
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
2.0 L VEHICLES
VACUUMPUMP*
ACTIVATES VACUUM PUMP IFINTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
FALLS TO 0.450 BAR (13.29 in. hg);SWITCHES PUMP OFF AT 0.650 BAR (19.20 in. hg).
VACUUM MODULE*
* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit – 2.0 L Gasoline Engine vehicles only.
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
ABS Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 05.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
VACUUM MODULE JB240 5-WAY / BLACK UNDER BATTERY TRAYJB241 2-WAY / BLACKJB242 2-WAY / GREY
VACUUM PUMP VP1 2-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.0 L LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.0 L RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO RH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO LH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB197-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB197-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
PG JB197-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB197-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB197-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB197-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB197-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB197-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB197-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
B+ JB197-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C JB197-24 CAN +
I JB197-27 TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O JB197-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB197-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB197-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I JB197-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C JB197-40 CAN -
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Fig. 05.2
ABS / TC Vehicles
JBS4
PA3-1
GW NR
GW
5
GO GU U R S
G14AS
B
JB241-1
JB240-1
JB240-5
JB241-2
JB242-1
JB242-2
B
JB197-06
R
JB197-02
R
GW
Y
G
20.120.2
LF1-2
RF1-2
W N W R
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
JB15-1
CA10-16
JB15-2
CA10-17
LF1-1
RF1-1
WU GB WG NG
G18AL
JB197-23
JB197-24
JB197-40
C
C
JB197-12
JB197-28
JB197-16
JB197-15
JB197-14
JB197-13
JB197-31
JB197-30
JB197-32
WNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO
25II
JB197-05 B
JB197-01 B
G18AR
I
PA3-3
JB133-1
CA170-6
JB133-2
CA170-7
I
I
I
I
CAN
VP1-2
VP1-1
R S
BB
H H H H
B
B
B
P
P
BBJB197-27IP29-2IP29-5 JB130-7
B IIPS68
B
G37BL
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
CA10-16
CA10-17
WU GB WG NG
CA170-6
CA170-7
H H
LR1-2
R W R W
LR1-1
RR1-2
RR1-1
14
15
E88
–
+
20.120.2
51II
JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)JB196-1 (2.0 L)
54II
2.0 L
2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D
DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
TRACTION CONTROLSWITCH
MOTOR
SOLENOIDS
MOTOR
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROL
MODULE
PRESSUREPUMP
CONTROLVALVES
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
2.0 L VEHICLES
VACUUMPUMP*
ACTIVATES VACUUM PUMP IFINTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
FALLS TO 0.450 BAR (13.29 in. hg);SWITCHES PUMP OFF AT 0.650 BAR (19.20 in. hg).
VACUUM MODULE*
* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit – 2.0 L Gasoline Engine vehicles only.
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 05.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR JB89 3-WAY / BLACK ON DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULATOR
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
VACUUM MODULE JB240 5-WAY / BLACK UNDER BATTERY TRAYJB241 2-WAY / BLACKJB242 2-WAY / GREY
VACUUM PUMP VP1 2-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.0 L LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.0 L RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO RH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO LH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Dynamic Stability Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB185-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB185-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
PG JB185-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB185-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB185-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB185-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB185-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB185-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB185-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I JB185-26 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I JB185-27 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O JB185-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB185-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB185-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I JB185-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
SS JB185-39 YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
C JB185-40 CAN -
SS JB185-42 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Dynamic Stability Control Dynamic Stability Control Fig. 05.3
DSC Vehicles
JBS4
PA3-1
GW NR
GW
5
GO GU U R SB
JB241-1
JB240-1
JB240-5
JB241-2
JB242-1
JB242-2
JB185-06
R
JB185-02
R
GW
Y
G
20.120.2
BBJB185-27IP29-2IP29-5 JB130-7
B
LF1-2
RF1-2
W N W R
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
JB15-1
CA10-16
JB15-2
CA10-17
LF1-1
RF1-1
WU GB WG NG
JB89-2
JB89-3
JB89-1
WG GB B
IP20-1
IP20-4
IP20-3
GWY
IP19-3
IP19-1
IP19-2
Y GW
JB129-9
JB129-16
I
JB185-23
JB185-24
JB185-40
C
C
JB185-21
JB185-39
JB185-26
JB185-42
JB185-25
JB185-12
JB185-28
JB185-16
JB185-15
JB185-14
JB185-13
JB185-31
JB185-30
JB185-32
UGWWGGBBWNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO
25II
IPS68
B
G37BL
IP20-2
G
IP19-4
G
GW
IPS7
IPS6
20.120.2
20.120.2
C C C C
CAN
I
JB185-05 B
JB185-01 B
I
PA3-3
JB133-1
CA170-6
JB133-2
CA170-7
I
I
I
I
VP1-2
VP1-1
R S
G14AS
B
G18AL G18AR
BB
JBS67
H H H H
P
P
B
B
B
U
U
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
CA10-16
CA10-17
WU GB WG NG
CA170-6
CA170-7
H H
LR1-2
R W R W
LR1-1
RR1-2
RR1-1
U
E88
16
17
–
+
20.120.2
20.120.2
20.120.2
51II
JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)JB196-1 (2.0 L)
54II
2.0 L
2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D
DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLSWITCH
MOTOR
SOLENOIDS
MOTOR
DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL MODULE
PRESSUREPUMP
CONTROLVALVES
YAW RATE
STEERING ANGLE
YAW RATESENSOR
STEERING ANGLESENSOR
BRAKE PRESSURESENSOR
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
2.0 L VEHICLES
VACUUMPUMP*
ACTIVATES VACUUM PUMP IFINTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
FALLS TO 0.450 BAR (13.29 in. hg);SWITCHES PUMP OFF AT 0.650 BAR (19.20 in. hg).
VACUUM MODULE*
* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit – 2.0 L Gasoline Engine vehicles only.
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
O IP135-01 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 1: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG IP135-02 BLOWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Manual Climate Control Manual Climate Control Fig. 06.1
IP101-22
Y
AC1-15
IP101-09
IP101-14
IP101-10
IP101-01
IP101-02
IP39-03
BWBW
BGBOBKBR
RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGBUGWGBUY
G
Y
WR
OY
OG
AC6-2
AC6-1
AC5-1
AC5-2
AC4-1
AC4-6
AC4-3
AC4-4
AC4-5
AC3-1
AC3-6
AC3-3
AC3-4
AC3-5
AC2-1
AC2-6
AC2-3
AC2-4
AC2-5
69
48II
IP101-23
G
IP101-20
G
C
C
C
C
AC1-16
AC1-14
AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-21
AC1-06
AC1-20
AC1-07
AC1-13
AC1-23
AC1-08
AC1-22
AC1-09
AC1-26
AC1-25
IP135-01
IP101-07
AC7-2
AC7-4
AC7-4
AC7-2
υ
B
YWRWWBAC1-10
AC1-24
AC1-11
AC1-12
CCM
20.120.2
20.120.2
υ
ACS2
I
I
(LHD)
(RHD)
UGWGBUY B RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGB YWRWWB
C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
G37BR
O
I
09.2
OY75IP201-7
49II
IP39-04O
IP39-02O
IP39-06O
IP101-15
B
G36AR
IP135-02
GBIP39-01O
IP58-1
IP58-2
GB GB
5 4 3 2 16
IP121-2 IP121-5 IP121-6 IP121-4 IP121-3 IP121-1
IPS37
IPS55
BW
B
B
B
I
P
P
B BCAS10 CA208-9
G15AL
F37 30A
–
+
–
+
20.120.2
20.120.2
B73
3
2
5
1
R4 4
NOTE: The CCM incorporates the control panelfor the Climate Control System.
DISCHARGETEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE
SENSORFRESH / RECIRCULATION
FLAP ACTUATOR
DEFROST DOORACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
PANEL / FLOORACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
AIR TEMPERATURE BLENDACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION
BLOWER
CLIMATECONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGBLOWER
RELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
BLOWER
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR
NOTE: Refer to Figure 03.2, 03.4 or 03.6 forA/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Manual Climate Control Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
O IP101-21 AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
C IP101-22 CAN +
C IP101-23 CAN -
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Automatic Climate Control Automatic Climate Control Fig. 06.2
Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
IP101-22
Y
AC1-15
IP101-09
IP101-14
IP101-10
IP101-01
IP101-02
IP101-05
BWB
W
BBWBW
RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGBUGWGBUY
G
Y
WR
OY
OG
B
OY
B
IP134-2 (LHD)IP134-1 (RHD)
AC6-2
AC6-1
IP66-2
IP66-1
AC5-1
AC5-2
JB105-2
JB105-1
AC4-1
AC4-6
AC4-3
AC4-4
AC4-5
AC3-1
AC3-6
AC3-3
AC3-4
AC3-5
AC2-1
AC2-6
AC2-3
AC2-4
AC2-5
69
48II
IP101-23
G
IP101-20
G
C
C
C
C
AC1-16
AC1-14
AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-21
AC1-06
AC1-20
AC1-07
AC1-13
AC1-23
AC1-08
AC1-22
AC1-09
AC1-26
AC1-25
IP101-16
IP101-17
IP101-19
IP101-21
IP101-06
IP101-07
AC7-2
AC7-4
AC7-4
AC7-2
υ
IP66-3
IP66-4
υ
B
YWRWWBAC1-10
AC1-24
AC1-11
AC1-12
IP101-15
20.120.2
20.120.2
υ
ACS2
I
I
(LHD)
(RHD)
UGWGBUY B RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGB YWRWWB
C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2
IPS27
WR
JB3-9
JB3-10
I
I
O
B
B
WBW
B
B BB
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
IP134-6 (LHD)IP134-4 (RHD)
IP134-3 (LHD)IP134-5 (RHD)
IP134-1 (LHD)IP134-2 (RHD)
B+
G36AR
G37BR
BW
O
O
I
09.2
OY
W
B
B
B
I
P
75IP201-7
B BCAS10 CA208-9
G15AL
F37 30A
IP202-3
B74
–
+
–
+
20.120.2
20.120.2
B73
3
2
5
1
R4 4
υ
NOTE: Vehicles without Navigation “Touch Screen” –The CCM incorporates the control panel for the ClimateControl System.
Vehicles with Navigation “Touch Screen” – The CCM isremotely mounted on the Climate Control Unit. Drivercontrol inputs are received via Network Communication.
DISCHARGETEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE
SENSORFRESH / RECIRCULATION
FLAP ACTUATOR
DEFROST DOORACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
PANEL / FLOORACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
AIR TEMPERATURE BLENDACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
IN-CARTEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE
SENSOR
CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION*
* NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit –not used “Touch Screen” vehicles.
CLIMATECONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGBLOWER
RELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CONTROL
SENSE
BLOWER
NOTE: Refer to Figure 03.2, 03.4 or 03.6 forA/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 06.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH JB95 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD / LH SIDE
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH JB96 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD / RH SIDE
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA127 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATER REAR WINDOW HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM
CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
WG3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ROOF / CENTER REAR
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG3 C03 LH ‘E’ POST
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Climate Control Module – Manual or Automatic
Pin Description and CharacteristicO IP101-03 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP101-04 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Driver Seat Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI DM1-10 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY ACTIVATED SIGNAL
O DM1-14 DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT / HEATERS DRIVE
B+ DM2-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DM2-03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM2-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+
PG DM2-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM2-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Glass Heaters Glass Heaters Fig. 06.3
B
G14BL
B
B
DDS1B
G15AL(G4AL)
ZA10-1ZA1-1
IP101-04
IP101-03
PD4-10PD4-9
DD5-10DD5-9
JB203-4
JB203-2
GU
GW
JB130-21
79
CA206-3
IP201-9
F15 10A CA206-2
GU
GO
GUCA127-1
GU
CA15-17
CA20-17
GO
GOCAS10
B B BCA15-2
PDS1B
G4AL(G15AL)
BCA20-2
G3BS
B
G14BR
B
3
1
5
2
R6 4
CA206-7
GO
F14 30A
B(3)
(4)WG5-2WG5-1
GU GUWG3-1
G50AS
BCA206-3 WG3-2
3
1
5
2
R6 4
27
JB201-1
B
F14 30A
F15 30A
JB95-2JB95-1
JB96-2JB96-1
B
CA206-2
GOCA431-8
(1)
(2)
O
B
B
B
41
51
39II
GBDM2-4
OGDM2-1
GBDM2-6
P
BDM2-3
BDM2-5CA65-16 DMS1
BBCAS8 (LHD)
CAS10 (RHD)
B
G4AL(G15AL)
DM1-14
PD4-12
PD4-20
PD4-13
GB
YR
R
Y
B
DD5-12
DD5-20
DD5-13
R
Y
B
39
40 GB
CA431-4
CA21-15
CA16-19
YR
YR
YR
YR
B
B
I
I
P
P
DDS1B
G15AL(G4AL)
CA15-2
BCAS10
B B
PDS1B
G4AL(G15AL)
CA20-2
BCAS10
B B
IDM1-10
GO
CAS10B B
O
O
CLIMATECONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Refer to Figures 06.1 and 06.2for CCM power supplies and grounds.
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
HEATEDREAR WINDOW
RELAY
NOTATION:
(1) Memory vehicles(2) Non Memory vehicles(3) Sedan(4) Estate (Wagon)
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
* NOTE: Wave Trap(s) fittedwith television option..
WAVE TRAP*
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
MIRROR HEATER
DRIVERDOOR MIRROR
MIRROR HEATER
PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR
MEMORYVEHICLES
PASSENGER DOORHEATED MIRROR
DRIVER DOORHEATED MIRROR
HEATED REAR WINDOW(SEDAN)
HEATED REAR WINDOW(ESTATE / WAGON)
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
WAVE TRAP*
NOTE: Check market specificationfor fitment of Heated Windshield.
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 07.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
• Seat Belt• Airbag• Ignition Key-in• Not-in-Park• Headlamps On• Delay Entry (combined Alarm State and Driver Door Ajar status)
NOTE: Refer to Figures 08.1 – 08.4 for Turn Signal Audible Warning.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE
TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH FRONT JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH FRONT JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB173 10-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-09 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O JB172-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-04 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Exterior Lighting: Front – Auto Headlamps Exterior Lighting: Front – Auto Headlamps Fig. 08.1
Auto Headlamp Vehicles
IP6-13 IPS16
IP6-9
U
GB
GB
GWJB201-8
OG
G
IP17-13
IP17-8
GB
R
IPS56
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
65
IP17-6
BB
G37BL(G36BL)
IP17-15
IP17-14
NRIP17-7
OY
IP17-5
RIP17-4
RIP17-11
GW
F1 10A
IP17-12
U
23
F4 10A
F2 15A
JB202-11U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
O
64 OJB172-5
IP53-6
IP53-2
BWIP53-8
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
BRIP53-7
OYIP53-4
G36AL(G5AR)
G37BL(G36BL)
I
I
I
I
O
JB172-4
IP6-11
OYO
JB172-3
IP6-17
OOIP6-19
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
U07.1
GO
GW
JB202-5
JB202-6
24
13II
OY
GO
F29 20A
F30 20A
OY
GW
GBRC5-5
NRCA36-3 CA1-18
RC5-4 CA36-15 CA1-17
GB
NR
GB
NRI
O
U07.1
IP202-11
F48 7.5A
F47 7.5A
F55 7.5A
JB220-1
IP202-9
IP202-4
CA209-12
JB220-13
JB220-3
IP203-11
OY
OG
OY
OG07.1
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
JB129-21
GW
OY
OY
JBS37JB129-17
GWFBS3
GW
GW
OY07.1
IPS47
OYIP17-3
JB132-1 JB132-2
FB2-1 FB2-2
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-5
JB84-10JB84-1
FB1-1 FB1-2
FB3-1 FB3-2
JB98-1 JB98-2
FB4-1 FB4-2
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-5
JB85-1 JB85-10
GO
GB
IP25-1 IP25-2
OY
OY
OY
JB173-1
G11AR
G11AL
B
G14BL
B
G10AR
B
JBS55B
G10AL
BJBS54
B
B
B
B
G5AS(G37BL)
BOY
O
OG
O
OG
GW
JBS11
JB173-5
OG BFBS4
B
08.11
JB84-5 JB84-8
B
OY
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-10JB84-1
G11AL
B
JB85-5 JB85-8
G10AL
B
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-10JB85-1
B
SCP
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
JB129-7
IPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)
B
B
P
JB202-12JB129-18
GO B B
G14AL
JBS55
3
1
5
2
R11 4
JB202-10
GB
CA204-14
CA204-6
CA240-2
BBRC35-1
IIP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
JB207-3
JB207-6
–
+
4R1
2
5
1
3
CA40-11
B
JB173-3
JB3-6
JB173-2
JBS56
B
B
IP5-3
BI
OYJBS1
OY
MAIN BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LIGHTING MESSAGES
MAIN BEAM
FLASH
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FRONT FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
FRONT FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
AUTOLAMPS
AUTO (SENSOR)
DIP BEAM
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
AUTO HEADLAMPSSENSOR
REMOTEHEADLAMPS
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOGRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA,ESTATE / WAGON)
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
DIP BEAMRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
LH FRONT TURN REPEATER
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
TURN
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
LH FRONTFOG LAMP
RH FRONTFOG LAMP
GLOVE BOX LAMP
NOTE: JBS11 – repeater only.
RH FRONT TURN REPEATER
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
TURN
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
TURN
SIDE
MAIN
DIP
LH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
* NOTE: HID Variant – V supplycircuits for all lamps unchanged.
TURN
SIDE
MAIN
DIP
RH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 08.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDIP BEAM RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R11
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE
TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH FRONT JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH FRONT JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
JB173 10-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-09 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O JB172-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-04 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
IP6-13 IPS16
IP6-9
U
GB
GWJB201-8
OG
G
GB
B
OY
R
R
GW
F1 10A
U
23
F4 10A
F2 15A
JB202-11U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
O
64 OJB172-5
IP53-6
IP53-2
BWIP53-8
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
BRIP53-7
OYIP53-4
G36AL(G5AR)
G37BL(G36BL)
I
I
I
I
O
JB172-4
IP6-11
OYO
JB172-3
IP6-17
OOIP6-19
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
U07.1
GO
JB202-5
JB202-6
24
13II
OY
GO
F29 20A
F30 20A
OY
GW
U07.1
IP202-11
F48 7.5A
F47 7.5A
F55 7.5A
JB221-1
IP202-9
IP202-4
CA209-12
JB220-13
JB220-3
IP203-11
OG
OY
OG07.1
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
JB129-21
GW
OY
OY
JBS37JB129-17
GWFBS3
GW
GW
OY07.1
IPS47
OY
JB132-1 JB132-2
FB2-1 FB2-2
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-5
JB84-10JB84-1
FB1-1 FB1-2
FB3-1 FB3-2
JB98-1 JB98-2
FB4-1 FB4-2
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-5
JB85-1 JB85-10
GO
GB
IP25-1 IP25-2
OY
OY
OY
JB173-1
G11AR
G11AL
B
G14BL
B
G10AR
B
JBS55B
G10AL
BJBS54
B
B
B
B
G5AS(G37BL)
BOY
O
OG
O
OG
GW
JBS11
JB173-5
OG BFBS4
B
JB84-5 JB84-8
G11AL
B
OY
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-10JB84-1
B
JB85-5 JB85-8
G10AL
B
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-10JB85-1
B
SCP
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
JB129-7
IPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)
B
B
P
CA240-2
BBRC35-1
I
JB202-12JB129-18
GO B B
G14AL
JBS55
3
1
5
2
R11 4
JB202-10
GB
OY
CA204-14
CA204-6
IP17-13
IP17-8
R
IP17-6
IP17-15
IP17-7
IP17-5
IP17-4
IP17-11
IP17-12GW
IP17-308.11
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
BB
G37BL(G36BL)
65
IP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
JB207-3
JB207-6
–
+
4R1
2
5
1
3
CA40-11
B
JB3-6
JB173-3
B
B
JB173-2
JBS56
IP5-3
BI
JBS1
OY
Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps Exterior Lighting: Front –Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps Fig. 08.2
Non Autolamp Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
MAIN BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LIGHTING MESSAGES
MAIN BEAM
FLASH
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FRONT FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
FRONT FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
DIP BEAM
DIP BEAM
DIP BEAM
NON DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS
CANADA DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS
SCANDINAVIA DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
REMOTEHEADLAMPS
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOGRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA,ESTATE / WAGON)
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
DIP BEAMRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
LH FRONT TURN REPEATER
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
TURN
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
LH FRONTFOG LAMP
RH FRONTFOG LAMP
GLOVE BOX LAMP
NOTE: JBS11 – repeater only.
RH FRONT TURN REPEATER
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
TURN
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
TURN
SIDE
MAIN
DIP
LH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
* NOTE: HID Variant – V supplycircuits for all lamps unchanged.
TURN
SIDE
MAIN
DIP
RH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 08.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – 2.0 L D DL7 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / REAR BUMPER HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-02 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
O CA87-04 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-01 REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN -
O IP11-03 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
GB
GB
OG
IP17-8
R
B
65
IP17-16
IP17-5
RIP17-4
R
IP17-9
GWIP17-10
WU
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
64 OJB172-5
IP53-2
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
OYIP53-4
I
I
O
CA86-2
OYO
CA87-4
IP6-17
NRO
IP6-19
GB
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
GB
WU
07.1
IP202-11
F48 7.5A
F47 7.5A
F55 7.5A
CA208-4
CA208-11
IP202-9
CA209-12
CA204-14
CA204-6
IP203-11
OY
O
O
OG
07.1
CA86-5
B
G4AR
43II
SCP
GWCA1-21
GB GBEN85-02DL7-2 (2.0 L D)
EN85-01DL7-1 (2.0 L D)
46II
(MAN)
(AUTO)CAS26
GB
F2 10A
IP203-9
CA206-6
32II
18.1
GB
GB
OY
NR
GW
GWCAS80
O OTMS1
O
OY
O
NR GWPA3-1PA3-3
GWGWJB2-1 CA10-20
OG
BTM4-1 TM4-2
BTM5-1 TM5-2
CA137-3
CA137-7
CA137-1
CA137-2
CA137-6
BRB5-1 RB5-2
CA137-5
CA138-5
CA138-1
CA138-7
CA138-6
CA138-2
BRB6-1 RB6-2
CA138-3
BCA304-2 CA304-1
O
OY
CA45-1
CA45-2
TMS2
B
B
CAS9
B
B
G1AR
B
B
G2AL
GR
O
G38AS
CA1-22
19.1 GB
G36AL(G5AR)
G37BL(G36BL)
G5AS(G5AR)
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
B
CA129-7
G
Y20.120.2IP10-17
IP10-18
C
CCAN
OIP11-3
IP10-1
GBI (MAN)
CA10-6
GBJB145-4
JB1-3 (2.0 L D)
GB
OYCA129-6
CA129-10
O
OTL10-1
TL10-2
B
P
B
77 8
6
10
7
R9 9
CAS7551II
54II
2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D
2.0 L
OY
O
–
+
–
+
20.120.2
CAS61
B
G2AR
JBS4
GW
Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan Fig. 08.3
Sedan Vehicles
ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
PARKING AID:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED) REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)
NOTE: Refer to Figure 07.1 for InstrumentCluster power supplies and grounds.
LIGHTING MESSAGES
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
REVERSE LAMPSSWITCH
REVERSE LAMPSRELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP*
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
RH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP*
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP
* NOTE: Side Marker Lamps – NAS only.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 08.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
NOTE: Refer to Figure 07.1 for InstrumentCluster power supplies and grounds.
LIGHTING MESSAGES
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
REVERSE LAMPSSWITCH
REVERSE LAMPSRELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
SIDEMARKER *
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
SIDEMARKER *
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
* NOTE: Side Marker Lamps – NAS only.
HIGH-MOUNTSTOP LAMP
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T5001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T5011 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM
CA302 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan European Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan European Trailer Towing Fig. 08.5
Euro. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles
O
O
BTM4-1 TM4-2
BTM5-1 TM5-2
TT4-3
TT4-7
TT4-1
TT4-2
CA137-6
TT4-5
TT5-5
TT5-1
TT5-7
TT5-6
CA138-2
TT5-3
CA45-2TMS2
B
B
CAS9
B B
G1AR
B
TL10-2
B
TT2-4
OW
TT1-6
PY
TT1-3
BW
G
TT2-8
O
TT2-6
PY
TT2-3
BG
B
P
G
TT1-5
OW
TT2-5
O
TT3-8
R
TT3-10
R
TT3-3
U
TT3-4
RY
TT3-5
UR
TT3-9
O
TT3-2
P
TT3-7
OW
TT3-6
PO
TT3-1
NW
TT1-4
RW
TT1-1
W
TT2-1
GR
CA138-3
CA138-5
CA137-5
CA137-3
CA138-6
CA138-7
CA138-1
CA137-2
CA137-1
CA137-7
F100 20A T5020-1
GW
OY
GB
GW
NR
GB
GR
OY
O
O
I
I
TT1-2
P
I
I
I
I
S
O
O
O
O
O
ITT2-2
PO
TT4-6
TT5-2
N
G
NTT2-7
P
U
RY
UR
O
P
OW
NW
NW
P
P
P
B
B
T5011-10
T5011-9
T5011-1
T5011-2
T5011-4
T5011-5
T5011-6
T5011-7
T5011-8
T5011-3
T5011-11
T5011-13 T5S4
NWT5S3
NWNW
G2BLG2BR
O
O
O
O
O
O
OPO
R
NG
O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1
B
B
N
B
NGCA146-2
CA146-3
CA146-1
55
G1AR
BCAS9
T5S2NG10
I
T5S1NT5001-1
T5001-3
T5001-2
NG
N
B B
RT5020-2
P
08.3
08.3
CAS61
G2AR
B
OG BCA304-2 CA304-1
G38AS
REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR
IN-LINEFUSE
LH TURN
FOG
RH TURN
RH TAIL
STOP
LH TAIL
REVERSE
TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR
LH FOG
LH TURN
RH FOG
RH TURN
RH REVERSE
LH STOP
LH TAIL
LH REVERSE
RH STOP
RH TAIL
TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS
TRAILER TOWINGMODULE
PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T4001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
CARAVAN CONNECTOR T412S DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T312N DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM
CA302 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT7 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan U.K. Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan U.K. Trailer Towing Fig. 08.6
U.K. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles
O
O
BTM4-1 TM4-2
BTM5-1 TM5-2
TT4-3
TT4-7
TT4-1
TT4-2
CA137-6
TT4-5
TT5-5
TT5-1
TT5-7
TT5-6
CA138-2
TT5-3
B
B
TT2-4
OW
TT1-6
PY
TT1-3
BW
G
TT2-8
O
TT2-6
PY
TT2-3
BG
B
P
G
TT1-5
OW
TT2-5
O
TT3-8
R
TT3-10
R
TT3-3
U
TT3-4
RY
TT3-5
UR
TT3-9
O
TT3-2
P
TT3-7
OW
TT3-6
PO
TT3-1
NW
TT1-4
RW
TT1-1
W
TT2-1
GR
CA138-3
CA138-5
CA137-5
CA137-3
CA138-6
CA138-7
CA138-1
CA137-2
CA137-1
CA137-7
F100 20A T4020-1
GW
OY
GB
GW
NR
GB
GR
OY
O
O
I
I
TT1-2
P
I
I
I
I
S
O
O
O
O
O
ITT2-2
PO
TT4-6
TT5-2
N
G
NTT2-7
P
U
RY
UR
O
P
OW
NW
NW
P
P
P
B
B
T412S-4
T412S-6
T312N-1
T312N-2
T312N-4
T312N-5
T312N-6
T312N-7
T312N-3
T412S-3
T412S-7 T4S3
NWT3S2
NW
NW
G2BL
G2BR
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
R
NG
O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1
B
B
N
B
NGCA146-2
CA146-3
CA146-1
55
G1AR
BCAS9
T4S1NG10
I
T3S1NT4001-1
T4001-3
T4001-2
NG
N
B B
RT4020-2
P
T3001-1
T3001-3
T3001-2
NG
T4S2NN
TT7-1
POT412S-1
08.3
08.3CA45-2TMS2
B
B
CAS9
B B
G1AR
TL10-2
B
CAS61
G2AR
B
OG BCA304-2 CA304-1
G38AS
REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR
IN-LINEFUSE
REVERSE
LH TURN
CARAVANCONNECTOR
FOG
RH TURN
RH TAIL
STOP
LH TAIL
TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR
LH FOG
LH TURN
RH FOG
RH TURN
RH REVERSE
LH STOP
LH TAIL
LH REVERSE
RH STOP
RH TAIL
TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS
TRAILER TOWINGMODULE
PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
O
O
BTM4-1 TM4-2
BTM5-1 TM5-2
TT4-3
TT4-7
TT4-1
TT4-2
CA137-6
TT4-5
TT5-5
TT5-1
TT5-7
TT5-6
CA138-2
TT5-3
B
B
TT2-4
OW
TT1-6
PY
TT1-3
BW
G
TT2-8
O
TT2-6
PY
TT2-3
BG
B
P
G
TT1-5
OW
TT2-5
O
TT3-8
R
TT3-10
R
TT3-3
Y
TT3-5
G
TT3-7
BW
TT3-1
W
TT1-4
RW
TT1-1
W
TT2-1
GR
CA138-3
CA138-5
CA137-5
CA137-3
CA138-6
CA138-7
CA138-1
CA137-2
CA137-1
CA137-7
GW
OY
GB
GW
NR
GB
GR
OY
O
O
I
I
TT1-2
P
I
I
I
I
S
O
O
O
O
OITT2-2
PO
TT4-6
TT5-2
N
G
NTT2-7
P
Y
G
BW
P
T6US1-3
T6US1-4
T6US1-2
T6US1-1
WT6S1
W
G2BL
O
O
O
O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1
B
B
N
B
NGCA146-2
CA146-3
CA146-1
55
G1AR
BCAS9
NG10I
T3S1NT3001-1
T3001-3
T3001-2
NG
N
B B
P
BRB5-1 RB5-2
BRB6-1 RB6-2
O
OY
RBS10
B
G2AL
BCA129-7
08.3
08.3
08.3
CA45-2TMS2
B
B
CAS9
B B
G1AR
TL10-2
B
CAS61
G2AR
B
OG BCA304-2 CA304-1
G38AS
Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan NAS Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan NAS Trailer Towing Fig. 08.7
NAS Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles
REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR
LH TURN AND STOP
RH TURN AND STOP
TAIL
TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR
LH FOG
LH TURN
RH FOG
RH TURN
RH REVERSE
LH STOP
LH TAIL
LH REVERSE
RH STOP
RH TAIL
TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS
TRAILER TOWINGMODULE
PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP
RH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
STOP
TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T5011 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA302 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
WG1 4-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ROOF / CENTER REAR
WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR
WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
O
O BWT9-1 WT9-2
BWT10-1 WT10-2
TT4-5
TT4-2
TT4-7
TT4-6
CA137-1
TT4-3
TT5-5
TT5-2
TT5-7
TT5-6
TT5-1
TT5-3
WTS1
G2CR
B
B
G1CR
BWT3-2 WL3-2
B
GW
TT4-1
CA138-1
B
TT2-4
OW
TT1-6
PY
TT1-3
BW
G
TT2-8
O
TT2-6
PY
TT2-3
BG
B
P
G
TT1-5
OW
TT2-5
O
TT3-8
R
TT3-10
R
TT3-3
U
TT3-4
RY
TT3-5
UR
TT3-9
O
TT3-2
P
TT3-7
OW
TT3-6
PO
TT3-1
NW
TT1-4
RW
TT1-1
W
TT2-1
GR
CA138-3
CA138-5
CA137-3
CA137-5
CA138-6
CA138-7
CA138-2
CA137-6
CA137-7
CA137-2
F100 20A T5020-1
GW
U
GB
GW
NR
GB
GR
OY
O
R
I
I
TT1-2
P
I
I
I
I
S
O
O
O
O
O
ITT2-2
PO
N
G
NTT2-7
P
U
RY
UR
O
P
OW
NW
NW
P
P
P
B
B
T5011-10
T5011-9
T5011-1
T5011-2
T5011-4
T5011-5
T5011-6
T5011-7
T5011-8
T5011-3
T5011-11
T5011-13 T5S4
NWT5S3
NWNW
G2BLG2BR
O
O
O
O
O
O
OPO
R
NG
O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1
B
B
N
B
NGCA146-2
CA146-3
CA146-1
55
G2CL
BCAS28
T5S2NG10
I
T5S1NT5001-1
T5001-3
T5001-2
NG
N
B B
RT5020-2
P
08.4
08.4
WG6-1 WG6-2
G1CR
B
G50AS
WG1-4
BCAS29
B
Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) European Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear –Estate (Wagon) European Trailer Towing Fig. 08.8
European Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles
REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR
IN-LINEFUSE
LH TURN
FOG
RH TURN
RH TAIL
STOP
LH TAIL
REVERSE
TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR
LH FOG
LH TURN
RH FOG
RH TURN
RH REVERSE
LH STOP
LH TAIL
LH REVERSE
RH STOP
RH TAIL
TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS
TRAILER TOWINGMODULE
PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 08.10
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAXLE SENSOR – FRONT JB140 6-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SUSPENSION
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 08.10
Headlamp Leveling & HID Headlamp Vehicles
IP130-17
G
Y20.120.2IP130-2
IP130-3
OWR
Y
IP130-23
IP130-6
B
G37BL
BIPS68IP130-24
47II
I
C
C
DWIP130-5
20.3
WIP130-25
UIP130-11
UYIP130-7
I
WGIP130-10
RIP130-12
JB140-6
JB140-5
JB140-1
HI1-6
HI1-5
HI1-1
UY
WG
R
Y
W
U
UY
WG
R
JB130-17
JB130-1
JB130-22
CA1-15
CA1-12
CA1-10
CA303-3
CA303-2
CA303-1
IP130-19
O
IP130-16
O
IP130-18
O
IP130-15
O
IP130-21
O
IP130-22
O
IP130-20
O
JB84-3
JB84-2
JB84-6
JB84-4
JB85-3
JB85-2
JB85-6
JB85-4
JB130-12
BW BW
JB130-13
WU WU
JB130-14
B B
JB130-15
BG BG
JB130-8
RW RW
JB130-9
RU RU
JB130-10
R R
JB130-11
RG RG
B
O
O
P
GB
IP17-13
GB
IPS56
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
IP17-6
BB
G37BL(G36BL)
IP17-14
G
IP17-7
OY
OY
GW
GB
G
OY
OY
JBS37JB129-17IPS47
OYIP17-3
JB84-5 JB84-10
JB85-5 JB85-10
G11AL
B
G10AR
BGW
OY
OY07.1
08.1
08.1
UIP17-2
0123
UJB84-2
UJB85-2
JBS8CA1-1
UCA10-22
U
JB129-7
24
13II
F29 20A
F30 20A
3
1
5
2
R11 4
JB202-10
JB207-3
JB207-6
–
+
20.120.2
DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
HEADLAMP LEVELING
DIP BEAM
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
AUTO HEADLAMPS
NOTE: IPS56 – Auto Headlamps only.
DIP BEAMRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
SERVOAMPLIFIER
DIP
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
DIP
SERVOAMPLIFIER
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
DRIVER–CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING
FRONT AXLESENSOR
REAR AXLESENSOR
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
HEADLAMPLEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
HEADLAMPLEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 09.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
INTERIOR LAMP – REAR RC11 2-WAY / BLACK REAR HEAD LINERRC20 1-WAY / ORANGE
RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT
ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TAIL GATE LATCH WT6 6-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
TAIL GLASS LATCH WT7 4-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
TRUNK LAMP – LH: ESTATE (WAGON) CA434 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR INTERIOR TRIM
TRUNK LAMP – RH: ESTATE (WAGON) CA433 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR INTERIOR TRIM
TRUNK LAMP – SEDAN CA132 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – LH RC9 2-WAY / BLACK LH SUN VISOR
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – RH RC8 2-WAY / BLACK RH SUN VISOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
WL1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR
WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR
WT1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE
WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-03 INTERIOR LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-15 TAIL GLASS RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 09.1
All Vehicles
OY
CA1-2
B
BK BK
CAS8
CA45-3
B
G4AL
CA86-3
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
O
64 OJB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
OYCA132-1 CA132-2
RC9-2 RC9-1
OY
IIP6-22
B
DD9-1
DD9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
IIP6-21
BPD9-1PD9-2
B R RCA20-20 CA1-5
ICA87-15BL6-1BL6-2
B YCA25-14
ICA86-18
BBR6-1BR6-2
B YCA30-14BRS4
B BCA30-3
CAS10B
G15AL
BBLS3
B BCA25-3
G4AL(G15AL)
PDS1B B
CA20-2
CAS10B
G15AL(G4AL)
DDS1B B
CA15-2
IP25-2 IP25-1G5AS
(G37BL)
BIPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)
B OY
BK
CA36-1
OY
IP27-1 IP27-2
BK
OY
IP26-1 IP26-2
BKCA1-6
TM6-4TM6-3TMS2
G1AR
CA45-2CAS9B B B
IPS13
RC23-3RC30-3*
RC23-9RC30-1*
RC23-1RC30-2*
RC11-1
RC20-1
RC11-2
BK
BK
BK
OY
OY
RC8-2 RC8-1
B
B
B
B
OY
OYBRCS1CA36-16CAS10
G15AL
BB
08.1
TL10-2
BTL10-3
OY
DD3-5
DD3-7
BCA86-16CA16-5
G
BCA86-14CA16-6
U
I
I
CA86-5
B
G4AR
P
B
CA240-2
B BRC35-1
IIP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
BB BRCS1CA36-16CAS10
G15AL
CAS55R
CAS10B
B71
B72
B69
B70
B67
B68
B75
GW OYCA434-2 CA434-1
B75
GW OYCA433-2 CA433-1
B76
GWCAS20
GWGWWL1-1WT1-1WTS2
GWWT6-4
WT6-2
WT6-3
GWWT7-2
WT7-3
WT7-1
B
BWTS1WT3-2
BWL3-2
BB
G2AL
–
+
CA40-11
B
08.2
IP5-3
B I
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD vehicles only.
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD vehicles only.
NOTE: BLS3 – PoweredRear Windows only.
NOTE: BRS4 – PoweredRear Windows only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
SET
RESET
DRIVER DOORLATCH
NOTE: CAS55 – Memory Seat Vehicles only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
PASSENGER DOORLATCH
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REAR DOORLATCH
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH
RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA,ESTATE / WAGON)
TRUNKSWITCH
AJAR SWITCH
TRUNKLOCK MOTOR
TAIL GATE LATCH
AJAR SWITCH
TAIL GLASS LATCH
KEY BARREL
INTERIORLIGHTINGCONTROL
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
GLOVE BOX LAMP
FRONT EXTERIORLIGHTING
LH FOOTWELLLAMP
RH FOOTWELLLAMP
MAP LAMP 1
FRONTINTERIOR LAMP
MAP LAMP 2
ROOF CONSOLE
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
REAR INTERIOR LAMP
LH VANITY MIRRORLAMP
RH VANITY MIRRORLAMP
TRUNK LAMP (SEDAN)
LH TRUNK LAMP (ESTATE / WAGON)
RH TRUNK LAMP (ESTATE / WAGON)
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD4 22-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
FOLD BACK MODULE – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Non Memory Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Non Memory Fig. 10.1
Non Memory Vehicles
B
DD5-4
B
CA16-16
DD1-3 (LHD)DD1-4 (RHD)
DD1-14
CA208-2
DDS1B
G15AL(G4AL)
G15AL
DD5-2
YR
DD5-6
PD4-4
GW
PD4-2
YR
PD4-6
U
LH
RH
CA15-2
B
O
O
O
O
GW
YR
U
N
YR
WR
GW
YR
U
DDS2
DD1-18 (LHD)DD1-17 (RHD)
DD1-4 (LHD)DD1-3 (RHD)
DD1-16
DD1-17 (LHD)DD1-18 (RHD)
CA21-14CA16-14
CA21-13CA16-13
CA21-15CA16-15
GWDD1-15
62II
CAS10B
BDD1-14DDS1
B
G15AL(G4AL)
CA15-2
B RDD1-11CAS10
B R
71
CA208-3
CA208-9 CA208-5
UCAS46 CA21-17
U U
CAS64 CA21-11
W W
CA16-17
U U
CA16-11
W W
DD5-16
DD5-15
PD4-16
PD4-15
I O
O W
N
O
K
N
O
K
U
W
U
W
B
P
B
PBCAS10
DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVERDOOR MIRROR
PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR
DOOR MIRRORS: FOLD-BACK
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK
FOLD BACKMODULE
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
DRIVERDOOR MIRROR
PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR
NOTE: Refer to Figure 06.3 for Mirror Heaters.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDSGround Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Driver Seat Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicC DM1-02 CAN -
I DM1-05 LH DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
I DM1-06 LH DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
I DM1-07 RH DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
I DM1-08 RH DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
I DM1-09 DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT SWITCHES COMMON
C DM1-12 CAN +
O DM1-14 DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT / HEATERS DRIVE
I DM1-20 MIRRORS FOLD BACK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
B+ DM2-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DM2-03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM2-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+
PG DM2-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM2-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Memory Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Memory Fig. 10.2
Memory Vehicles
B
CA16-16
DD1-3
DD1-14DDS1B
G15AL(G4AL)
DM1-14
PD4-12
PD4-20
PD4-13
LH
RH
CA15-2
B
O
O
O
O
GB
WR
YR
N
N
WR
DD1-18
DD1-4
DD1-16
DD1-17 CA16-12
CA15-4
CA15-19
GWDD1-15
62II
CAS10B
BDD1-14DDS1
B
G15AL(G4AL)
CA15-2
B RDD1-11CAS10
B RDM1-20
YR
R
Y
B
B
P
CA16-14
CA16-15
LH
RH
WR
YR
N
N
WR
CA431-9
CA431-7
CA431-5
CA431-3
CA431-2
WR
YR
N
N
WR
DM1-6
DM1-5
DM1-7
DM1-8
DM1-9
I
I
I
I
I
1
2
3
DD5-12
DD5-20
DD5-13
R
Y
B
39
40 GB
OCA431-4
CA21-15
CA16-19
YR
YR
YR
YR
B
B
I
I
P
P
DDS1B
G15AL(G4AL)
CA15-2
BCAS10
B B
PDS1B
G4AL(G15AL)
CA20-2
BCAS10
B B
B
B
B
41
51
39II
GBDM2-4
OGDM2-1
GBDM2-6
P
BDM2-3
BDM2-5CA65-16 DMS1
BBCAS8 (LHD)
CAS10 (RHD)
B
G4AL(G15AL)
O
B
B
B
41
51
39II
GBDM2-4
OGDM2-1
GBDM2-6
P
BDM2-3
BDM2-5CA65-16 DMS1
BBCAS8 (LHD)
CAS10 (RHD)
B
G4AL(G15AL)
ICA431-6
DM1-14
PD4-12
PD4-20
PD4-13
GB
YR
R
Y
B
DD5-12
DD5-20
DD5-13
R
Y
B
39
40 GB
CA431-4
CA21-15
CA16-19
YR
YR
YR
YR
B
B
I
I
P
P
DDS1B
G15AL(G4AL)
CA15-2
BCAS10
B B
PDS1B
G4AL(G15AL)
CA20-2
BCAS10
B B
R
DM1-2
GDM1-12
YC
C
20.1 20.2
–
+
20.1 20.2
DM1-2
GDM1-12
YC
C
20.1 20.2
–
+
20.1 20.2
DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
SET
MEMORYSWITCHES
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
DRIVERDOOR MIRROR
PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR
DOOR MIRRORS: FOLD BACK
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
DRIVERDOOR MIRROR
PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR
NOTE: Refer to Figure 06.3 for Mirror Heaters.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationLUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT
LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / NATURAL RH FRONT SEATRS4 2-WAY / REDRS5 2-WAY / BLACKRS6 2-WAY / RED
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / NATURAL LH FRONT SEATLS4 2-WAY / REDLS5 2-WAY / BLACKLS6 2-WAY / RED
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 11.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationLUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT
LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / NATURAL RH FRONT SEATRS4 2-WAY / REDRS5 2-WAY / BLACKRS6 2-WAY / RED
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / NATURAL LH FRONT SEATLS4 2-WAY / REDLS5 2-WAY / BLACKLS6 2-WAY / RED
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 11.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT MOTOR – LH LS10 2-WAY / RED LH FRONT SEAT
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement Fig. 11.5
2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
LS10-1
LS10-2
YGWG
WG
YG
LS16-7
LS16-1
LS16-2
OG51
CA65-16
BB BLSS1
B
G15AL(G4AL)
LS16-6 CAS10 (LHD)CAS8 (RHD)
BLS16-3
G4AL(G15AL)
RS10-1
RS10-2
WGYG
YG
WG
RS16-7
RS16-1
RS16-2
OY34
CA70-16
BB BRSS1
BRS16-6 CAS8 (LHD)
CAS10 (RHD)
BRS16-3
LH SEAT SWITCH PACK
LH SEAT MOTOR
RH SEAT SWITCH PACK
RH SEAT MOTOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 11.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT BACK HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT BACK HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH: LHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH: RHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH: LHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH: RHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
IP51-2 (LHD)IP56-2 (RHD)
CA240-7
IP51-5
B
W W
G36AL(G5AR)
LS13-6
O
OG
GBLS13-12
LS13-5
LS13-1
BLS7-4
N
CA65-10
W
IP51-3 (LHD)IP56-3 (RHD)
CA240-1
R RCA65-17
R
IP51-1 (LHD)IP56-1 (RHD)
CA240-6
U UCA65-18
U
37
39II
LS13-8
I
LS13-7
I
LS13-10
O
LS13-9
O
LS7-3
W
GB
B
LS13-3
I
LS13-4
IP56-2 (LHD)IP51-2 (RHD)
CA240-4
IP51-5
B
W WRS13-6
O
OY
GBRS13-12
RS13-5
CA70-10
W
IP56-3 (LHD)IP51-3 (RHD)
CA240-5
R RCA70-17
R
IP56-1 (LHD)IP51-1 (RHD)
CA240-3
U UCA70-18
U
38
38II
RS13-8
I
RS13-7
I
RS13-10
O
RS13-9
O
RS13-3
I
RS13-4
LS7-1
LS7-2
LSS1 CA65-16 CAS10 (LHD)CAS8 (RHD)
B B B
G15AL(G4AL)
RS13-1
BRSS1 CA70-16 CAS8 (LHD)
CAS10 (RHD)
B B B
G4AL(G15AL)
RS7-4
W
RS7-3
N
GW
B
RS7-1
RS7-2
G36AL(G5AR)
B
B
P
P
B
B
Seat Heaters: Non Memory Seat Heaters: Non Memory Fig. 11.7
STATE
LH SEAT HEATERSWITCH
LH SEAT HEATERMODULE
NOTE: LSS1 – 8-way; 2-way;Lumbar only.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
LH CUSHION HEATER
LH SEAT BACK HEATER
STATE
RH SEAT HEATERSWITCH
RH SEAT HEATERMODULE
NOTE: RSS1 – 8-way; 2-way;Lumbar only.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
RH CUSHION HEATER
RH SEAT BACK HEATER
Heated Seat Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 12.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE
RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-04 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND
O CA87-02 TRUNK / TAIL GATE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-03 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-05 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
O IP5-01 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O IP5-05 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-16 TRUNK / TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP -
I IP11-07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Central Door Locking: Sedan – Double Locking Central Door Locking: Sedan – Double Locking Fig. 12.1
U B
BCA1-4
CA45-2
IP5-5
TM8-2TM8-1
TMS2
U
G1AR
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
60 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
IIP6-22
BDD9-1DD9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
ICA87-15 BL6-1 BL6-2
BYCA25-14 CAS10
B
G15AL
BBLS3
BBCA25-3
CAS10B
G15AL(G4AL)
B
DDS1B B
CA15-2
R
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
3
BIP6-8
I
IIP6-21
R RCA20-20 CA1-5
G4AL(G15AL)
PDS1B
CA20-2
ICA86-18 BR6-1 BR6-2
BYCA30-14 CAS8
B
G4AL
BBRS4
BBCA30-3
B BCAS9
B
CA45-6
BOTM6-3TM6-1
NTM6-5
NCA45-5
OCA45-4
UCA1-11
CA87-2
O
I
ICA86-22
IP5-16
O
BBR3-2CA30-8
CA87-5
BBL3-2CA25-8
BBL3-1
BBL3-3
BBR3-1
BBR3-3
CA25-9
CA25-10
CA30-10
CA30-9
WB
WB
YB
YB
YB
YB
B
DD3-6
DD3-2
DD3-1
DD3-3
DD3-8
DD3-4
DD3-5
DD3-7
BB
OCA16-20
WG WG
BCA86-16CA16-5
G
BCA86-14CA16-6
U
I
I
I
I
CA86-19
O
CA87-16
WCAS74
CAS73BCA16-9
BCA16-8
O
W
BCA16-7
BCA16-10 CA87-3
OYB
CA86-4
OYBCAS2
CAS1
YB
YB
B
BPD9-1PD9-2
BB
PD3-6
PD3-8
PD3-4
PD3-5
PD3-7
BB
B
B
B
B
PD3-3
PD3-1
PD3-2
CA21-7
CA21-9
CA21-8
CA21-20
CA20-18
CA1-8
YB
O
W
WB
YB
OIP5-1
WB
TL10-6
U
TL10-5
TL10-4
WTM6-2TMS3
TL10-2
BO
N
GOIP18-1 IP132-1
IP132-3
IP132-2
IPS45
GOGR
IP10-13
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP10-22
IP10-23
S
S
SCP
IP11-7
OG
G37AL(G36BL)
B70IP11-8
B P
B
P
I
RCAS55
CAS10B B
CA240-2
BBRC35-1
IIP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
–
+
–
+
CA40-11
B
IP5-3
BI
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed,the ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
VEHICLE SPEED;EMERGENCY UNLOCK
VEHICLEIMPACT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LOCK
UNLOCK
SET
RESET
DRIVER DOORLATCH
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LOCK
UNLOCK
DOOR AJARSWITCH
PASSENGER DOORLATCH
NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
LOCK /UNLOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
KEY BARREL
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
NOTCONNECTED
TRUNK RELEASESWITCH
TRUNK AJARSWITCH
TRUNK LOCKMOTOR
DOOR AJARSWITCH
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LH REAR DOORLATCH
ACTUATORSWITCHES
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
Double Locking Sedan Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 12.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE
RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND
O CA87-02 TRUNK / TAIL GATE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-03 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-05 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
O IP5-01 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O IP5-05 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-16 TRUNK / TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP -
I IP11-07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Central Door Locking: Sedan – Non Double Locking Central Door Locking: Sedan – Non Double Locking Fig. 12.2
U B
BCA1-4
CA45-2
IP5-5
TM8-2TM8-1
TMS2
U
G1AR
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
60 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
IIP6-22
BDD9-1DD9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
ICA87-15 BL6-1 BL6-2
BYCA25-14 CAS10
B
G15AL
BBLS3
BBCA25-3
CAS10B
G15AL(G4AL)
B
DDS1B B
CA15-2
R
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
3
BIP6-8
I
IIP6-21
R RCA20-20 CA1-5
G4AL(G15AL)
PDS1B
CA20-2
ICA86-18 BR6-1 BR6-2
BYCA30-14 CAS8
B
G4AL
BBRS4
BBCA30-3
B BCAS9
B
CA45-6
BOTM6-3TM6-1
NTM6-5
NCA45-5
OCA45-4
UCA1-11
CA87-2
O
I
ICA86-22
IP5-16
O
BBR3-2CA30-8
CA87-5
BBL3-2CA25-8
BBL3-1
BBR3-1
CA25-9
CA30-9
WB
WB
YB
YB
B
DD3-6
DD3-2
DD3-1
DD3-8
DD3-4
DD3-5
DD3-7
BB
OCA16-20
WG WG
BCA86-16CA16-5
G
BCA86-14CA16-6
U
I
I
I
I
CA86-19
O
CA87-16
WCAS74
CAS73BCA16-9
BCA16-8
O
W
BCA16-10 CA87-3
OYBCAS1YB
BPD9-1PD9-2
BB
PD3-6
PD3-8
PD3-4
PD3-5
PD3-7
BB
B
B
B
BPD3-1
PD3-2
CA21-9
CA21-8
CA20-18
CA21-10
CA1-8
O
W
WB
YB
OIP5-1
WB
TL10-6
U
TL10-5
TL10-4
WTM6-2TMS3
TL10-2
BO
N
GOIP18-1 IP132-1
IP132-3
IP132-2
IPS45
GOGR
IP10-13
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP10-22
IP10-23
S
S
SCP
IP11-7
OG
G37AL(G36BL)
B70IP11-8
B P
B
P
I
RCAS55
CAS10B B
CA240-2
BBRC35-1
IIP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
–
+
–
+
CA40-11
B
IP5-3
BI
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed,the ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
VEHICLE SPEED;EMERGENCY UNLOCK
VEHICLEIMPACT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LOCK
UNLOCK
SET
RESET
DRIVER DOORLATCH
LOCK
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
UNLOCK
DOOR AJARSWITCH
PASSENGER DOORLATCH
NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
LOCK /UNLOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
KEY BARREL
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
TRUNK RELEASESWITCH
NOTCONNECTED TRUNK AJAR
SWITCH
TRUNK LOCKMOTOR
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REAR DOORLATCH
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
Non Double Locking Sedan Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 12.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE
RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
TAIL GATE LATCH WT6 6-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH WT4 2-WAY / WHITE TAIL GATE
TAIL GLASS LATCH WT7 4-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
TAIL GLASS RELEASE SWITCH WG2 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST / A POST TRIM
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
WG1 4-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ROOF / CENTER REAR
WL1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR
WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR
WT1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE
WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-04 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-15 TAIL GLASS RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND
O CA87-02 TRUNK / TAIL GATE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-03 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-05 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
O IP5-01 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O IP5-05 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-16 TRUNK / TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP -
I IP11-07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
G B
BCA1-4 IP5-5
WT4-2WT4-1
WTS1
G
G1CR
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
60 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
IIP6-22
BDD9-1DD9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
ICA87-15 BL6-1 BL6-2
BYCA25-14 CAS10
B
G15AL
BBLS3
BBCA25-3
CAS10B
G15AL(G4AL)
B
DDS1B B
CA15-2
R
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
3
BIP6-8
I
IIP6-21
R RCA20-20 CA1-5
G4AL(G15AL)
PDS1B
CA20-2
ICA86-18 BR6-1 BR6-2
BYCA30-14 CAS8
B
G4AL
BBRS4
BBCA30-3
WL1-4
R
WT6-2
WT6-1
UWT6-3
UWL1-3
RWL1-2
GCA169-3
CA87-2
O
I
ICA86-22
IP5-16
O
BBR3-2CA30-8
CA87-5
BBL3-2CA25-8
BBL3-1
BBL3-3
BBR3-1
BBR3-3
CA25-9
CA25-10
CA30-10
CA30-9
WB
WB
YB
YB
YB
YB
B
DD3-6
DD3-2
DD3-1
DD3-3
DD3-8
DD3-4
DD3-5
DD3-7
BB
OCA16-20
WG WG
BCA86-16CA16-5
G
BCA86-14CA16-6
U
I
I
I
I
CA86-19
O
CA87-16
WCAS74
CAS73BCA16-9
BCA16-8
O
W
BCA16-7
BCA16-10 CA87-3
OYB
CA86-4
OYBCAS2
CAS1
YB
YB
B
BPD9-1PD9-2
BB
PD3-6
PD3-8
PD3-4
PD3-5
PD3-7
BB
B
B
B
B
PD3-3
PD3-1
PD3-2
CA21-7
CA21-9
CA21-8
CA21-20
CA20-18
CA1-8
YB
O
W
WB
YB
OIP5-1
WB
WT1-4
G
WT1-3
WT1-2
R
UGO
IP18-1 IP132-1
IP132-3
IP132-2
IPS45
GOGR
IP10-13
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP10-22
IP10-23
S
S
SCP
IP11-7
OG
G37AL(G36BL)
B70IP11-8
B P
B
P
I
RCAS55
CAS10B B
CA240-2
BBRC35-1
IIP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
WT6-4
BWG1-1
WWT7-4
GBWT7-1
GBCA170-13
WWL1-5
RW
IP6-2
O
I
IIP5-15
CA86-15 WG2-1
RW
WL1-6
WT1-5
W
GBWT7-2
CA169-4
W
JB3-1
GBWT1-6
B
BWT7-3
WG2-2 WG1-2
B B B
B
WT3-2 WL3-2
–
+
–
+
CA40-11
B
G50AS
CAS29B
Central Door Locking: Estate (Wagon) Central Door Locking: Estate (Wagon) Fig. 12.3
Estate (Wagon)s Vehicles
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed,the ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
VEHICLE SPEED;EMERGENCY UNLOCK
VEHICLEIMPACT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LOCK
UNLOCK
SET
RESET
DRIVER DOORLATCH
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LOCK
UNLOCK
DOOR AJARSWITCH
PASSENGER DOORLATCH
NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
LOCK /UNLOCK
LOCK /UNLOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
KEY BARREL
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
RF MODULE
TAIL GATE AJARSWITCH
TAIL GATELATCH
TAIL GATERELEASE SWITCH
TAIL GLASS AJARSWITCH
TAIL GLASSLATCH
TAIL GLASSRELEASE SWITCH
DOOR AJARSWITCH
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LH REAR DOORLATCH
ACTUATORSWITCHES
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 12.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC
DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
HOOD SECURITY SWITCH JB81 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RH FRONT SUSPENSION TURRET
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INCLINATION SENSOR CA190 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT
ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
SECURITY INDICATOR IP29 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE SL3 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
SECURITY SOUNDER – PASSIVE SL1 1-WAY / ORANGE LH FRONT OF VEHICLESL2 1-WAY / ORANGE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
JB79 6-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO SECURITY SOUNDER LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module – 2.0 L
Pin Description and CharacteristicC EN65-088 CAN -
C EN65-089 CAN +
Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D
Pin Description and CharacteristicC DL1-054 CAN +
C DL1-073 CAN -
Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L
Pin Description and CharacteristicC EN16-123 CAN -
C EN16-124 CAN +
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
I CA86-17 INCLINATION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
O CA86-20 INCLINATION AND INTRUSION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-23 INTRUSION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
O CA87-01 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-10 AUDIO UNIT PRESENCE SENSE: GROUND WHEN RADIO INSTALLED
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
O JB172-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-04 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
D JB172-18 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I JB172-21 HOOD AJAR: HOOD OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; HOOD CLOSED = GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicO IP10-02 SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
D IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN -
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP -
I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Security: Sedan Security: Sedan Fig. 12.4
B BJB81-1JB81-2JBS55
B
G14BL
CA86-17
64 OJB172-5
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
60 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
TM6-1
NTM6-5
NCA45-5
ICA86-22
CAS8B
G4AL
IIP6-22
BDD9-1DD9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
IIP6-21
BPD9-1PD9-2
B R RCA20-20 CA1-5
ICA87-15BL6-1BL6-2
B YCA25-14
ICA86-18
BBR6-1BR6-2
B YCA30-14BRS4
B BCA30-3
CAS10B
G15AL
BBLS3
B BCA25-3
G4AL(G15AL)
PDS1B B
CA20-2
CAS10B
G15AL(G4AL)
DDS1B B
CA15-2
BTM6-3TMS2
G1AR
CA45-2CAS9B B B
IJB172-21
IP11-13
YU
OIP10-4IP15-4
S
SIP10-23
IP10-2220.3
20.3U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8
G37AL(G36BL)
D
D
B
GIP10-6
B
G
Y20.120.2IP10-17
IP10-18
C
C
B
G11AR
O
UJB79-6
UJB79-4
JB79-5
UJB172-18
6
CA87-1
OSL2-1
SL1-1
JB79-1
B
O
BOIP5-14
O
O
IP65-8
R
CA190-4
G
CA190-6
Y
RC23-6RC33-1*
Y
RC23-7RC33-4*
W WB*
IP6-10
I
B
G1AR
CAS9
CA86-20
I
YCA36-11
CA36-10CA86-23
I W
CA190-5
B
RC23-1RC33-2*
BRCS1
BCAS10
BBCA36-16
G15AL
OCA170-12
JBS56B
D
JB172-4
OYO
JB172-3
OO
08.208.1
08.208.1
WDRC23-8RC33-3*
20.3
IP29-1IP10-2
OYOIP29-5
B
G37BL
BIPS68
WTM6-2TMS3
BTL10-2
TL10-5
N
B
P
EN16-123EN65-88 (2.0L)DL1-073 (2.0L D)
EN16-124EN65-89 (2.0L)DL1-054 (2.0L D)
Y
GC
C 20.220.1
BIP6-8
IRIP18-5IP18-4
3 B
B
B
P
IP65-1
B
G37AR
1I
B
P
CAS10B
B
CA240-2
BBRC35-1
IIP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
19.1
SL3-3
SL3-2
SL3-1
B
U
U
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
20.220.1 20.120.2
RCAS55
CA40-11
B
IP5-3
BI
NOTE: ECM power suppliesand grounds shown onFigures 03.1, 03.3 and 03.5.
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
PATS
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
PASSIVEANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
SECURITY INDICATOR
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
DRIVER DOORLATCH
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
PASSENGER DOORLATCH
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REAR DOORLATCH
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH
NOTCONNECTED TRUNK AJAR
SWITCH
TRUNK LOCKMOTOR
HOOD SECURITYSWITCH
REMOTESECURITY
SECURITYCONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
INCLINATION SENSOR
INTRUSIONSENSOR
ROOF CONSOLE
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SECURITYGROUND SENSING
AUDIO UNIT
TURN SIGNAL FLASH
SOUND HORNS
PASSIVESECURITY SOUNDER
ACTIVESECURITY SOUNDER
NOTE: Check market specification and / or vehicle optionspecification for fitment of the following security components:• Inclination Sensor• Intrusion Sensor• Passive Security Sounder• Active Security Sounder
Sedan Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 12.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC
DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
NOTE: ECM power suppliesand grounds shown onFigures 03.1, 03.3 and 03.5.
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
PATS
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
PASSIVEANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
SECURITY INDICATOR
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
DRIVER DOORLATCH
NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
PASSENGER DOORLATCH
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REAR DOORLATCH
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH
TAIL GATE AJARSWITCH
TAIL GATE LATCH
TAIL GLASS AJARSWITCH
TAIL GLASS LATCH
HOOD SECURITYSWITCH
REMOTESECURITY
SECURITYCONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
RF MODULE
INCLINATION SENSOR
INTRUSIONSENSOR
ROOF CONSOLE
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SECURITYGROUND SENSING
AUDIO UNIT
TURN SIGNAL FLASH
SOUND HORNS
PASSIVESECURITY SOUNDER
ACTIVESECURITY SOUNDER
NOTE: Check market specification and / or vehicle optionspecification for fitment of the following security components:• Inclination Sensor• Intrusion Sensor• Passive Security Sounder• Active Security Sounder
Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
O IP5-21 WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-04 INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-05 FRONT WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
I JB172-02 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
O JB172-23 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Wash / Wipe: Front Wash / Wipe: Front Fig. 13.1
IP16-4 IP5-21
WG WGJB129-8
WGJBS19
GW
JB172-23
O
60 OY
64 OJB172-1
JB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
IP6-5
GR I
IP5-4
GU I
IP6-4
W I
GU
JB172-2
WB
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
IP16-6
IP16-3
BB
20II
IP16-2
GRIPS22
IP16-8
WBJB3-8
WB
IP16-1
GU
IP16-10
W
IP16-7
WBJB3-14
WB
IP16-9
WGJB3-7
WG
O
I
JB109-2JB109-1
JB63-5
JB63-2 G14BR
BJB65-2JB65-1
WB
JB63-1
JB63-3
JB63-4
B
GW
WG
WB
JBS26
GRJB3-11
GR
WG
WB
WB
12II
25 OY BJBS54
G10AL
JB130-19
WG
G37BL(G36BL)
B
B
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
SSCP
P
GWF24 20A
GW 18II
14II
F24 30A
3
2
R8
1
5
4
JB205-1
JB208-1
26II
5
2
R4
1
3
4
F8 30A
JB202-2
JB204-1
JB204-4
GR
JBS75GR
13.3
JB220-14 IP203-10
19II
WG
IPS58
13.2
WG
–
+
FLICK WIPE
WASHER
FAST WIPE
INTERMITTENTWIPE
INTERMITTENT SELECT
WIPER PARK
SLOW WIPE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
RAIN SENSINGMODULE
NOTE: Headlamp Powerwashenabled when Side Lamps on.
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
WASH / WIPECONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
POWERWASH PUMPRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
POWERWASHPUMP
HIGH SPEED
LOW SPEED
RUN
PARK
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
NOTE: JBS75 – Estate / Wagon only.
WINDSHIELD WASHERPUMP
REAR WASH
WINDSHIELDWIPER MOTOR
RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
O IP5-21 WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-04 INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-05 FRONT WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
I JB172-02 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
O JB172-23 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Wash / Wipe: Front with Rain Sensing Wash / Wipe: Front with Rain Sensing Fig. 13.2
IP16-4 IP5-21
WG WGJB129-8
WGJBS19
GW
JB172-23
O
60 OY
64 OJB172-1
JB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
IP6-5
GR I
IP5-4
GU I
IP6-4
W I
GU
JB172-2
WB
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
IP16-6
IP16-3
BB
20II
IP16-2
GRIPS22
IP16-8
WBJB3-3
WB
IP16-1
GU
IP16-10
W
IP16-7
WBJB3-14
WB
IP16-9
WG
CA230-15
WG
O
I
JB109-2JB109-1
JB63-5
JB63-2 G14BR
BJB65-2JB65-1
WB
JB63-1
JB63-3
JB63-4
B
GW
WG
WB
JBS26
GRJB3-11
GR
WG
WB
WB
12II
25 OY BJBS54
G10AL
JB130-19
WG
G37BL(G36BL)
B
B
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
SSCP
P
GWF24 20A
GW 18II
14II
F24 30A
3
2
R8
1
5
4
JB205-1
JB208-1
26II
5
2
R4
1
3
4
F8 30A
JB202-2
JB204-1
JB204-4
GR
JBS75GR
13.3
JB220-14 IP203-10
19II
WG
CA6-1
O
WR
U
CA6-6
CA6-8
CA6-12
B
G15AR
IWCA6-10
GCA6-9
RC15-3
O
RC15-2
RC15-1
CA40-3
CA40-2
CA40-1
U
W
G
ICA6-7
ICA6-4
ICA6-11
ICA6-5
CA6-3
O
CA6-2
O
WG
WB
GU
WB
GR
CA10-10
CA1-16
GU
CA10-21
WB
WG
CA10-1
WG
CA10-9
WB
CA1-20
GR
P
B
JBS40
IPS23
WG
IPS58
WG
13.1
37II
B
P
–
+
JBS49
FLICK WIPE
WASHER
FAST WIPE
INTERMITTENTWIPE
INTERMITTENT SELECT
WIPER PARK
SLOW WIPE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
NON RAIN SENSINGWIPER SWITCH
RAIN SENSOR
RAIN SENSINGMODULE
NOTE: Headlamp Powerwashenabled when Side Lamps on.
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
WASH / WIPECONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
POWERWASH PUMPRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
POWERWASHPUMP
HIGH SPEED
LOW SPEED
RUN
PARK
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
NOTE: JBS75 – Estate / Wagon only
WINDSHIELD WASHERPUMP
REAR WASH
WINDSHIELDWIPER MOTOR
RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
Rain Sensing Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST / A POST TRIM
WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR
WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
I IP5-02 REAR WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
I IP5-03 ESTATE (WAGON): REAR WIPER SWITCH: B+ WHEN SELECTED
O IP5-17 REAR WIPER MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCH CIRCUIT TO GROUND
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-05 FRONT WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
I IP6-12 REAR WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Wash / Wipe: Rear Wash / Wipe: Rear Fig. 13.3
IP5-3
GWIP5-17
O
60 OY
64 OJB172-1
JB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AR
IP6-5
I
I
IP5-2
I
IP6-12
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
IP16-6
IP16-3
BB
20II
IP16-2
IP16-8
IP16-1
IP16-10
IP16-7
IP16-9
I
G37BL(G36BL)
B
B
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
SSCP
P
IP16-4
IP16-5
U
G GIPS80
13.2 G
OIPS78
O
U
JB109-2JB109-1
GR
GB
NR
B
33II
G
F24 20A
GW
F5 20A
IP203-14
CA208-9
CA208-7
GRJBS75 JB220-14
IP203-10
JB220-7 F23 20A
IP203-8
O
GR
13.113.2
785
2
R3
1
3
4
CAS10
B
G15AL
WT5-1
G1CR
WT5-2
BWT5-3 WTS1
B B BWT3-2 WL3-2
NR NR
WL3-3
WT3-3
WT3-1WL3-1
WU WU WU WUCA169-2
–
+
GRCA1-20
REAR WIPER
FLICK WIPE(INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION)
FRONT WASHER
REAR WASHER
FAST WIPE
INTERMITTENTWIPE
INTERMITTENT SELECT
WIPER PARK
SLOW WIPE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
RAIN SENSING MODULE
NOTE: Headlamp Powerwashenabled when Side Lamps on.
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
WASH / WIPECONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
RUN
PARK
REAR WIPER MOTOR
REARWIPER MOTOR
RELAY
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
FRONT WASH
WINDSHIELD WASHERPUMP
NOTE: Washer Pump runs in reversefor Rear Window wash.
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 14.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PD10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR CASING
WINDOW MOTOR – DRIVER DD2 8-WAY / GREY DRIVER DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR – LH REAR BL2 8-WAY / GREY LH REAR DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR – PASSENGER PD2 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR – RH REAR BR2 8-WAY / GREY RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 mS PULSED SIGNAL
I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Powered Windows Powered Windows Fig. 14.1
DD2-8
DD2-7
B
OY
BRS1
CA87-17O
60 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
DD1-5
BW
DD1-14
B
G15AL(G4AL)
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1
BBBDD1-2
YDD1-1
RDD1-10
YBDD1-9
RWDD1-20
ODD1-19
WDD1-13
GDD1-12
U
DD1-15
GW62II
WCA15-5
OCA15-6
RWCA15-13
YBCA15-14
RCA15-11
YCA15-12
BWCA15-7
WG
PD10-8
B
G4AL(G15AL)
CA20-2 PDS1
BB
PD10-7
OPD10-3
W
BL1-7
YBL1-3
R
BL1-8
BW BWCA25-7
BR1-7
YBR1-3
R
BR1-8
BW BWCA30-7
DD2-2
GW
DD2-6
WG
DD2-4
DD2-3
PD2-8
PD2-7
B
OY
PD2-2
GU
PD2-6
WG
PD2-4
W
PD2-3
O
BL2-8
BL2-7
B
OY
BL2-2
GW
BL2-6
WG
BL2-4
R
BL2-3
Y
BR2-8
BR2-7
B
OY
BR2-2
GU
BR2-6
WG
BR2-4
R
BR2-3
Y
CAS59
WG
WG
46
58II
60II
59
CA30-6
CA25-6
CA20-10
WG
58
59II
CA15-10CAS22WG
45
61II
B B BDDS1 CA15-2 CAS10
G15AL(G4AL)
CA30-2
BRS2
PDS2
PDS3
CA30-1
CA25-2
CA25-1
CA20-6
CA20-5
W
O
R
Y
R
Y
B BPDS1 CA20-2
G4AL(G15AL)
B B BBLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
G15AL
B B BBRS4 CA30-3 CAS8
G4AL
O
WG 14.2
CAS10B
G15AL(G4AL)
DDS1B B
CA15-2 DD3-6
DD3-5
DD3-7
BB
CA86-16CA16-5
G I
B
U (LHD) W (RHD)
(RH
D)
(RH
D)
(RH
D)
(RH
D)
G (LHD) O (RHD)
W (LHD) U (RHD)
O (LHD) G (RHD)
CA240-2
BBRC35-1
IIP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
CAS10
B
U (LHD) W (RHD)
G (LHD) O (RHD)
CA40-11
B
BCAS10
IP5-3
BI
R
Y
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
SET
KEY BARREL SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LATCH
REARWINDOWSISOLATE
CONTROL REAR WINDOWISOLATE
LH FRONTWINDOW
RH FRONTWINDOW
LH REARWINDOW
RH REARWINDOW
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK
LH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK
RH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK
* REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE
GLOBALCLOSE
GLOBALCLOSE
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
* NOTE: Remote Global Close – ROW vehicles only.
RF MODULE(ESTATE / WAGON,JAPAN, S. KOREA)
SLIDING ROOF
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
DRIVER WINDOW MOTOR
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
PASSENGER WINDOW MOTOR
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR
NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –Rear Window Switches, Motors and associatedwiring deleted.
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 14.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 mS PULSED SIGNAL
O CA87-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 8000 PULSES PER MPH
I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP -
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Sliding Roof Sliding Roof Fig. 14.2
CA87-20
O
RC14-2
I
RC14-9
O WU
CA87-17
O
60 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
WGCAS22
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP5-19
IP5-18
U
WGCA36-6
WG
UCA36-2 RC14-6
RC14-7
WURC14-1
O
I
44
57II
G15AL
BRC14-10
B B BRCS1 CAS10CA36-16
RC23-5RC34-2*
RC23-4RC34-5*
RC23-1RC34-6*
B
RC14-8
O Y
SCP
B
P
B
B
CAS10B
G15AL(G4AL)
DDS1B B
CA15-2 DD3-6
DD3-5
DD3-7
BB
CA86-16CA16-5
G I
CA240-2
BBRC35-1
IIP5-23
B
P
RC35-3
RC35-2
O
B
43
B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
CA40-11
B
S
S –
+
IP5-3
BI
VEHICLESPEED
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
SET
KEY BARREL SWITCH
DRIVER DOORLATCH
* REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE
GLOBALCLOSE
GLOBALCLOSE
VEHICLESPEED
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
* NOTE: Remote Global Close – ROW vehicles only.
RF MODULE(ESTATE / WAGON,JAPAN, S. KOREA)
OPEN / DOWN
TILT / CLOSE
SLIDING ROOFMODULE
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
SLIDING ROOFMOTOR ASSEMBLY
ROOF CONSOLE
Sliding Roof Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 15.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAM / FM ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) CA116 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER REAR
CA118 2-WAY / BLACK
ANTENNA MODULE – SEDAN CA115 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIMCA117 2-WAY / BLACK
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW3 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
I IP65-18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE
O IP65-19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
In-Car Entertainment – Standard In-Car Entertainment – Standard Fig. 15.1
YG
W
Y
W
Y
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
IP65-1
B
AM
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP65-9
IP65-10
S
S
YG
NW66IP65-11
IP65-2
GIP65-17
I
SW4-2
SW4-3
03.2 YG
UY
YG
JB1-24
IIP65-18 DD6
-2DD6
-1BL4
-2BL4
-1
PD5-1
PD5-2
BR4-1
BR4-2
IP106-J1 CA117-1CA189-1
IP65-8
R O
+–
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
IP106-J2 CA117-2CA189-2
YGJB129-14
IP34-6
IP34-7
3I
CD2-1
BOF
CD2-2
BOF
D2
D2
20.4
20.4
09.2
G37AR
CA115-2
4I
CA183-2
FMCA183-1
YIP65-7
I16.1
IP65-19
O O20.4
BCA301-1
G1AL
OYCA301-2
68D2
D2
20.4
20.4
IP65-14 (LHD)IP65-16 (RHD)
W
IP65-13 (LHD)IP65-15 (RHD)
Y
IP65-3
WU
IP65-4
YU
IP65-5
WG
IP65-6
YR
IP65-16 (LHD)IP65-14 (RHD)
WR
IP65-15 (LHD)IP65-13 (RHD)
YR
CA16-2
CA16-1
CA230-6
CA230-5
WU
YUCA25-13
CA25-12
CA230-8
CA230-7
WG
YRCA30-13
CA30-12
CA230-10
CA230-9
WR
YR
WR
YRCA21-2
CA21-1
CA230-12
CA230-11
D2B
CA301-3
O I20.4
16.216.316.4
B
B
P
P
B
B
P
I
B
(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D*)
(2.0 L, 2.0 L D**)BJBS55
G14BL
12.412.5
IP106-J1 CA118-1CA189-1
IP106-J2 CA118-2CA189-2
I
YGCA116-2
4I
B
P
03.6
DD12-2
DD12-1
CAS15
CAS16
W
YCA15-15
CA15-1
W
Y
W
Y
PD11-1
PD11-2
CAS17
CAS18
CA20-15
CA20-1
WR
YR
WR
YR
WR
YR
+ ve
– ve
+ ve
– ve
– ve
+ ve
– ve
+ ve
–
+
WG
YR
WU
YU
RADIO ILLUMINATION
SECURITY SYSTEM:RADIO REMOVED SENSING
TELEPHONE:MUTE
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE-UP”
PHONE;VOICE
VOLUME SEEK MODE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
ECM: GROUND
NOTE:* Vehicles with Speed Control.** Vehicles without Speed Control.
D2B NETWORK”WAKE- UP”
CD AUTOCHANGER AUDIO UNIT
COAXIAL CABLE
AM/FM ANTENNA(ESTATE / WAGON)
COAXIAL CABLE
ANTENNA MODULE(SEDAN)
COAXIAL CABLES
HEATED REAR WINDOW(SEDAN)
DRIVER DOORTWEETERSPEAKER
DRIVER DOORMID BASSSPEAKER
LH REARFULL RANGE
SPEAKER
PASSENGER DOORTWEETERSPEAKER
PASSENGER DOORMID BASSSPEAKER
RH REARFULL RANGE
SPEAKER
Standard ICE Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 15.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAM / FM ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) CA116 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER REAR
CA118 2-WAY / BLACK
ANTENNA MODULE – SEDAN CA115 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIMCA117 2-WAY / BLACK
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW3 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
I IP65-18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE
O IP65-19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
YG
W
Y
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
IP65-1
B
AM
U
Y20.3
20.3
IP65-9
IP65-10
S
S
YG
NW66IP65-11
IP65-2
GIP65-17
I
SW4-2
SW4-3
UY
YG
IIP65-18
DD12-2
DD12-1
BL7-2
BL7-1
PD11-1
PD11-2
BR9-1
BR9-2
IP106-J1 CA117-1CA189-1
IP65-8
R O
+–
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
IP106-J2 CA117-2CA189-2
IP34-6
IP34-7
3I
12.4
CD2-1
BOF
CD2-2
BOF
D2
D2
20.4
20.4
09.2
G37AR
CA115-2
4I
CA183-2
FMCA183-1
YIP65-7
I16.1
IP65-19
O O20.4
BCA301-1
G1AL
OYCA301-2 D
2
D2
20.4
20.4
CA426-7 (LHD)CA426-18 (RHD)
W
CA426-17 (LHD)CA426-8 (RHD)
Y
CA426-4
WG
CA426-12
YR
CA426-14
WU
CA426-13
YU
CA426-16 (LHD)CA426-5 (RHD)
NU
CA426-6 (LHD)CA426-15 (RHD)
OY
CA15-15
CA15-1
WG
YRCA25-13
CA25-12
WU
YUCA30-13
CA30-12
NU
YRCA21-2
CA21-1
D2B
DD6-2
DD6-1
BL4-2
BL4-1
WG
YR
PD5-1
PD5-2
BR4-1
BR4-2
WU
YUBRS8
BRS7
BLS21
BLS20
68
CA301-3
O I20.4
16.216.316.4
WUYU
W Y WG YR
B
B
B
P P
B
P
I
03.2 YGJB1-24
YGJB129-14
B
(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D*)
(2.0 L, 2.0 L D**)BJBS55
G14BL
IP106-J1 CA118-1CA189-1
IP106-J2 CA118-2CA189-2
I
YGCA116-2
4I
B
P
03.6
CD7-1
BOF
CD7-2
BOF
D2
D2
20.4
20.4
CA425-5
O20.4 I
NR57CA425-9
B
NR56CA425-3
B
CA425-8
B
G1AL
P
CA425-2
B P
BCAS94
G
UCA426-5 (LHD)CA426-16 (RHD)
G
CA426-15 (LHD)CA426-6 (RHD)
UCA16-2
CA16-1
CA426-18 (LHD)CA426-7 (RHD)
WR
CA426-8 (LHD)CA426-17 (RHD)
YR
WR
YRCA20-15
CA20-1
+ ve
– ve
+ ve
– ve
– ve
+ ve
– ve
+ ve
– ve
+ ve
– ve
+ ve
CA428-1
CA428-2
CA426-2
CA426-10
WG
WR
– ve
+ ve
CA427-1
CA427-2
CA426-2
CA426-10
WG
WR
– ve
+ ve
CA427-3
CA427-4
CA426-11
CA426-3
YU
YR
– ve
+ ve
CA428-3
CA428-4
CA426-11
CA426-3
YU
YR
– ve
+ ve
–
+
12.5
In-Car Entertainment – Premium In-Car Entertainment – Premium Fig. 15.2
RADIO ILLUMINATION
SECURITY SYSTEM:RADIO REMOVED SENSING
TELEPHONE:MUTE
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE-UP”
PHONE;VOICE
VOLUME SEEK MODE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
ECM: GROUND
NOTE:* Vehicles with Speed Control.** Vehicles without Speed Control.
D2B NETWORK”WAKE-UP”
CD AUTOCHANGER
COAXIAL CABLE
AUDIO UNIT
AM/FM ANTENNA(ESTATE / WAGON)
COAXIAL CABLE
ANTENNA MODULE(SEDAN)
COAXIAL CABLES
HEATED REAR WINDOW(SEDAN)
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE-UP”
POWER AMPLIFIER
SUBWOOFER 1(SEDAN)
SUBWOOFER 2(SEDAN)
SUBWOOFER(ESTATE / WAGON)
DRIVER DOORTWEETERSPEAKER
DRIVER DOORMID BASSSPEAKER
LH REARMID BASSSPEAKER
LH REARTWEETERSPEAKER
PASSENGERDOOR
TWEETERSPEAKER
PASSENGERDOOR
MID BASSSPEAKER
RH REARMID BASSSPEAKER
RH REARTWEETERSPEAKER
Premium ICE Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 16.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
O CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
O PH1-01 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-03 PHONE ON /OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O PH1-04 MUTE COMMAND
PG PH1-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE –
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Telephone: ROW Telephone: ROW Fig. 16.1
PP1-4
RUPH11-4
GPH1-1
BOF
BOF20.4CD3-1
CD3-2
NR
Y
PH1-12
PH1-29
PH1-25
B
G39AS
49
34II
D2
D220.4
PH1-23
O20.4 O
PH1-9
B
PHS3
NRPH1-13
50
YGPH1-14
7I
PH1-4
Y O
PH3-1
PH3-2
PP1-7
BGPH11-7
WPH1-26
PP1-8
YUPH11-8
OPH1-3
PP1-5
YBPH11-5
YPH1-20
PP1-6
WBPH11-6
WBPH1-22
B
PH1-18
PH1-17
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA40-5
CA40-4
G
Y
G
Y
WPH1-11CA406-3CA40-6
BRD BRD
G
Y
RC23-12RC31-2*
RC23-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W W
I
I
I
YNA7-13
YIP65-7
YIP70-10
Y
Y
Y
Y
CA414-8
CAS49CA230-13
CA1-19
CA407-7
G
Y
PH15-1
PH15-2
PH3-1
PH3-2
B
B
B
B
P
P
I
I
D
D
O
O
I
I
PP1-4
RUPH11-4
GPH1-1
PP1-7
BGPH11-7
BGPH1-26
PP1-8
YUPH11-8
OPH1-3
PP1-5
YBPH11-5
YPH1-20
PP1-6
WBPH11-6
WBPH1-22
D
D
O
O
W
W
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE * NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
CELLULAR PHONEMODULE
TELEPHONEANTENNA
(SEDAN; BUMPER)
MUTE
TELEPHONEANTENNA
(ESTATE / WAGON; AM / FM)
HANDSET(SEDAN)
HANDSET(ESTATE / WAGON)
ROW Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 16.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
O CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
O PH1-01 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-02 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
O PH1-03 PHONE ON /OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O PH1-04 MUTE COMMAND
I PH1-05 MANUAL TEST DATA
I PH1-06 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PG PH1-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE –
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Telephone: NAS Telephone: NAS Fig. 16.2
BOF
BOF20.4CD3-1
CD3-2
NR
Y
PH1-12
PH1-29
PH1-25
B
G39AS
49
34II
D2
D220.4
PH1-23
O20.4 O
PH1-9
B
PHS3
NRPH1-13
50
YGPH1-14
7I
PH1-4
Y O
B
PH1-18
PH1-17
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA40-5
CA40-4
G
Y
G
Y
WPH1-11CA406-3CA40-6
BRD BRD
G
Y
RC23-12RC31-2*
RC23-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W W
I
I
I
YNA7-13
YIP65-7
YIP70-10
Y
Y
Y
Y
CA414-8
CAS49CA230-13
CA1-19
CA407-7
G
Y
B
B
B
B
P
P
I
I
PH10-3
RUPH1-1
PH9-1
PH9-2
PH10-2
BGPH1-26
PH10-8
WGPH1-2
PH10-9
YUPH1-3
PH10-1
YPH1-6
PH10-10
YPH1-5
PH10-7
BOPH1-10
PH10-4
PH10-5
YPH1-20
PH10-6
GPH1-22
PH4-1
PH4-2
D
D
I
I
O
O
O
W
WPH1-21
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
MUTE
CELLULAR PHONEMODULE
HANDSETRECEIVER
TELEPHONEANTENNA(BUMPER)
NAS Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 16.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
PH11 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE LINK LEAD LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
O CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
O PH1-01 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-03 PHONE ON /OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O PH1-04 MUTE COMMAND
PG PH1-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE –
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
Voice Activation Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicD2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
I PH2-01 MICROPHONE +
SG PH2-02 MICROPHONE SHIELD
I PH2-03 MICROPHONE +
B+ PH2-06 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
B+ PH2-08 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND
I PH2-12 MICROPHONE –
O PH2-13 MICROPHONE –
O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
SG PH2-15 MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Telephone with Voice Control: ROW Telephone with Voice Control: ROW Fig. 16.3
PP1-4
RUPH11-4
GPH1-1
BOF
BOF20.4CD3-1
CD3-2
NR
Y
PH1-12
PH1-29
49
34II
D2
D220.4
PH1-23
O20.4 O
NRPH1-13
50
YGPH1-14
7I
PH1-4
Y O
PH3-1
PH3-2
PP1-7
BGPH11-7
WPH1-26
PP1-8
YUPH11-8
OPH1-3
PP1-5
YBPH11-5
YPH1-20
PP1-6
WBPH11-6
WBPH1-22
I
I
I
YNA7-13
YIP65-7
YIP70-10
Y
Y
Y
Y
CA414-8
CAS49CA230-13
CA1-19
CA407-7
PH15-1
PH15-2
PH3-1
PH3-2
B
B
B
B
I
I
D
D
O
O
PP1-4
RUPH11-4
GPH1-1
PP1-7
BGPH11-7
BGPH1-26
PP1-8
YUPH11-8
OPH1-3
PP1-5
YBPH11-5
YPH1-20
PP1-6
WBPH11-6
WBPH1-22
D
D
O
O
W
PH2-1
PH1-25
B
G39AS
PH1-9
B
PHS3
B
PH1-18
PH1-17
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA40-5
CA40-4
G
Y
G
Y
WPH1-11CA406-3CA40-6
BRD BRD
G
Y
RC23-12RC31-2*
RC23-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W WBRD
G
Y
WPH2-2
PH2-12 PH2-13
PH2-3
BOF
BOF20.4CD4-1
CD4-2
WRPH2-6
36II
D2
D220.4
PH2-14
O20.4 O
NRPH2-22
48
YGPH2-8
8I
D2B
PH2-11
B
B
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
SW4-2
SW4-3
03.2 YG
UY
YG
JB1-24
IIP65-18
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
YG
JB129-14IP34-6
IP34-7
D2
D2
20.4
20.4
G
Y
P
P
P
B
B
B
I
I
BBJBS55
03.6(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D*) (2.0 L, 2.0 L D**)
PH2-15
W
G14BL
W
ECM: GROUND
PHONE;VOICE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
NOTE:* Vehicles with Speed Control.** Vehicles without Speed Control.
AUDIO UNIT
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
MUTE
CELLULAR PHONEMODULE
TELEPHONEANTENNA
(SEDAN; BUMPER)
TELEPHONEANTENNA
(ESTATE / WAGON; AM / FM)
HANDSET(SEDAN)
HANDSET(ESTATE / WAGON)
NOTE: Japan vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Figure. 16.6.
ROW Voice Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 16.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
O CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
O PH1-01 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-02 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
O PH1-03 PHONE ON /OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O PH1-04 MUTE COMMAND
I PH1-05 MANUAL TEST DATA
I PH1-06 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PG PH1-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE –
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
Voice Activation Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicD2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
I PH2-01 MICROPHONE +
SG PH2-02 MICROPHONE SHIELD
I PH2-03 MICROPHONE +
B+ PH2-06 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
B+ PH2-08 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND
I PH2-12 MICROPHONE –
O PH2-13 MICROPHONE –
O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
SG PH2-15 MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Telephone with Voice Control: NAS Telephone with Voice Control: NAS Fig. 16.4
BOF
BOF20.4CD3-1
CD3-2
NR
Y
PH1-12
PH1-29
49
34II
D2
D220.4
PH1-23
O20.4 O
NRPH1-13
50
YGPH1-14
7I
B
B
B
B
PH10-3
RUPH1-1
PH9-1
PH9-2
PH10-2
BGPH1-26
PH10-8
WGPH1-2
PH10-9
YUPH1-3
PH10-1
YPH1-6
PH10-10
YPH1-5
PH10-7
BOPH1-10
PH10-4
PH10-5
YPH1-20
PH10-6
GPH1-22
PH4-1
PH4-2
D
D
I
I
O
O
O
W
WPH1-21
PH1-4
Y O
I
I
I
YNA7-13
YIP65-7
YIP70-10
Y
Y
Y
Y
CA414-8
CAS49CA230-13
CA1-19
CA407-7
PH2-1
PH1-25
B
G39AS
PH1-9
B
PHS3
B
PH1-18
PH1-17
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA40-5
CA40-4
G
Y
G
Y
WPH1-11CA406-3CA40-6
BRD BRD
G
Y
RC23-12RC31-2*
RC23-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W WBRD
G
Y
WPH2-2
PH2-12 PH2-13
PH2-3
BOF
BOF20.4CD4-1
CD4-2
WRPH2-6
36II
D2
D220.4
PH2-14
O20.4 O
NRPH2-22
48
YGPH2-8
8I
D2B
PH2-11
B
B
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
SW4-2
SW4-3
03.2 YG
UY
YGJB1-24
IIP65-18
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
YGJB129-14
IP34-6
IP34-7
D2
D2
20.4
20.4
G
Y
P
P
P
B
B
B
I
I
PH2-15
W
ECM: GROUND
PHONE;VOICE AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
AUDIO UNIT
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
MUTE
CELLULAR PHONEMODULE
HANDSETRECEIVER
TELEPHONEANTENNA(BUMPER)
NAS Voice Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) WG9 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SPOILER / LH SIDE
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – SEDAN NA12 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAY / METALLICIP137 2-WAY / METALLICIP138 2-WAY / METALLICIP139 2-WAY / METALLIC
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 TV1 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 TV2 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 TV3 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 TV4 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationNA24 16-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
NA25 8-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
NA26 2-WAY / BLACK / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ESTATE (WAGON) GPS ANTENNA
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G40 NA TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
U
Y20.3
20.3
NA7-4
NA7-14
S
S
UUNA1-20
BOF
BOF20.4CD5-1
CD5-2
OY
YGNA7-1
NA7-11
B
G40BS
D2
D220.4
NA7-3
O20.4 O
NA7-13
Y16.116.216.316.4 I
NA7-2
6I
NA6-1 NA12-1
NA12-2NA6-2
GB
YG
IP70-12
B
G37BR
GIP70-9
IP70-2
IP70-1
2I
62
09.2
NA24-2 IP70-15
YYNA1-7 NA24-1 IP70-4
WUNA1-15 NA24-4 IP70-17
GGNA1-2 NA24-3 IP70-7
YYNA1-3 NA24-6 IP70-5
ORNA1-14 NA24-5 IP70-6
BRDWNA1-16 NA24-8 IP70-8
BWBNA1-1 NA24-7 IP70-18
W WBRD W
67 B
B
P P
B
B
I
NA25-1
NA25-2
NA25-7
NA25-8
NA25-3
NA25-4
NA25-5
NA25-6
IP136-1
R
IP136-2
BRD
IP137-1
R
IP137-2
BRD
IP138-1
R
IP138-2
BRD
IP139-1
R
IP139-2
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
TV1-1
TV1-2
TV2-1
TV2-2
TV3-1
TV3-2
TV4-1
TV4-2
I
I
I
I
GGNA2-1 NA24-12 IP70-19
ORNA2-2 NA24-14 IP70-21
WUNA2-7 NA24-13 IP70-20
BRDWNA2-3 NA24-16 IP70-11
YYNA2-8 NA24-15 IP70-22
W WBRD W
R
NA6-1 WG9-1
WG9-2NA6-2
R RNA26-1
NA26-2
–
+
BRD
BRD BRD
Navigation System Navigation System Fig. 16.5
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
TELEPHONE: MUTE
NAVIGATIONVIDEO
TVAUDIO
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
(SEDAN)
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
(ESTATE / WAGON)
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
DIMMER–CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER
1
TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER
2
TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER
3
TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER
4
NAV Vehicles (except Japan)
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
NA24 16-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
NA25 8-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
NA26 2-WAY / BLACK / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ESTATE (WAGON) GPS ANTENNA
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G40 NA TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
NA26-2
NA26-1
RR
NA6-2 WG9-2
WG9-1NA6-1
R
WBRD WW
IP70-22NA24-15NA2-8
Y Y
IP70-11NA24-16NA2-3
W BRD
IP70-20NA24-13NA2-7
U W
IP70-21NA24-14NA2-2
R O
IP70-19NA24-12NA2-1
G G
I
I
I
I
TV4-2
TV4-1
TV3-2
TV3-1
TV2-2
TV2-1
TV1-2
TV1-1
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRDIP139-2
RIP139-1
BRDIP138-2
RIP138-1
BRDIP137-2
RIP137-1
BRDIP136-2
RIP136-1
NA25-6
NA25-5
NA25-4
NA25-3
NA25-8
NA25-7
NA25-2
NA25-1
I
B
B
P
B
B
WBRD WW
IP70-18NA24-7NA1-1
B BW
IP70-8NA24-8NA1-16
W BRD
IP70-6NA24-5NA1-14
R O
IP70-5NA24-6NA1-3
Y Y
IP70-7NA24-3NA1-2
G G
IP70-17NA24-4NA1-15
U W
IP70-4NA24-1NA1-7
Y Y
IP70-15NA24-2
IP70-1
IP70-2
IP70-9
G
G37BR
BIP70-12
YG
GB
NA6-2 NA12-2
NA12-1NA6-1
IYNA7-13
OONA7-3
D2
D2
NA7-11
NA7-1
YG
OY
CD5-2
CD5-1
BOF
BOF
NA1-20
U U
S
S
NA7-14
NA7-4
Y
U
CA222-1
NA9-6
CA222-2
B
G40BS
NA2-5
NA2-6
NA2-11
CA406-1
CA406-2
CA40-4
CA40-5
Y
G
Y
G
WNA2-12CA406-3CA40-6
BRD BRD
Y
G
BRD W W W W
NA7-2
B
NR
YGNA9-3
NA9-4
47
5I
NA9-5
NA9-1 NA2-4
NA9-2 NA2-10
NA9-7
BRDNA2-9
K
W
RR
BRD
NA10-1
NA10-2
W W
NA11-1
NA11-2
NA8-1
NA8-2
PP
B
B
I
I
RC23-12RC31-2*
RC23-11RC31-1*
G
Y
I
I
2I
62
09.2
20.3
20.3
20.4
20.4
20.4
16.116.216.316.4
6I
67
–
+
N
BRD
BRD
BRD BRD
Navigation System: Japan Navigation System: Japan Fig. 16.6
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
TELEPHONE: MUTE
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
VEHICLEINFORMATIONANTENNA AND
AMPLIFIER
VEHICLEINFORMATION
SENSOR
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONVIDEO
TVAUDIO
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
(SEDAN)
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
(ESTATE / WAGON)
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
DIMMER–CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER
1
TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER
2
TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER
3
TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER
4
Japan Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER CA144 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘E’ POST
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CA145 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘E’ POST
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – DRIVER SW1 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEELSW2 2-WAY / BLACK
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – PASSENGER IP36 2-WAY / BROWN INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDEIP37 2-WAY / BROWN
IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT JB93 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 17.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER CA144 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘E’ POST
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CA145 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘E’ POST
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – DRIVER SW1 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEELSW2 2-WAY / BLACK
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – PASSENGER IP36 2-WAY / BROWN INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDEIP37 2-WAY / BROWN
IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT JB93 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
NOTE: Check market specification for fitment of Front Parking Aid.Rear Parking Aid Only vehicles delete front circuits and PAM socketand connector CA419.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND
O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I IP6-20 STEERING WHEEL HORN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
JBS56
B
OYJB87-2
JB87-1
B
G11AR
B
OY
B
JB129-6
B
SW4-6
SW4-5
BG BG
B
IP34-3
IP34-4
SW6-1
SW6-2 IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
G37BL(G36BL)
BIP42-2
OYIP42-1
G36AL(G5AL)
B
IP24-2
IP24-3
IP24-1
G5AS(G5AL)
N
NG9I
63
IPS66
B B
CA146-2
CA146-3
CA146-1
N
NG10I
55
RC23-1 RC23-9
B OYBRCS1CA36-16CAS10
G15AL
BB
IP5-14
O
60 OYJB172-1
CA86-5
B
G4AR
IP6-20
I BG
55II
B
P
28JB204-3
JB202-9
F3 20A
29
5
2
3
1
R24
28
29
B
OYJB206-4
JB206-3
F38 20A
B
(2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L D)
(2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L D)
B
CA435-2
CA435-1
G1AR
N54
B69
5
1
3
2
R154
G1AR
BCAS9
G2CL
BCAS28
(SEDAN)
(EST / WAG)
RC5-3
BR
B
BK
RC5-1
RC5-2
ICA36-7
GB08.3
RCS1CA36-16CAS10BBB
G15AL
56II
P
B
08.4
Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 19.1
HORN
HORNSWITCH
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
HORNS
HORN RELAY(GASOLINE ENGINES)
HORN RELAY(DIESEL ENGINE)
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CIGAR LIGHTER
CIGAR LIGHTER
NOTE: IPS66 – LHD only.CABIN
ACCESSORYCONNECTOR
REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR
CUSTOMERPOWER CONNECTOR
(ESTATE / WAGON)
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
GARAGE DOOROPENER
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
ROOF CONSOLE
All Vehicles
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR
REVERSE LAMPS:REVERSE LAMPS ON
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ELECTROCHROMICREAR VIEW MIRROR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 16 BIT JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 32 BIT JB230 24-WAY / WHITE LOWER LH ‘A’ POSTJB231 24-WAY / GREY
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Controller Area Network: LHD Controller Area Network: LHD Fig. 20.1
IP22-4
B
IP22-5
B
61
44II
G37BL
IPS67
G
YIP10-17
IP10-18
+
–
C
C
OY
WR
G
Y
IP22-16
IP22-9
IP22-6
IP22-14
C
C
+
–
B
EN16-124
EN16-123
+
–
C
C
IP101-9
IP101-10
C
C –
+
G
YIP101-22
IP101-23
C
C–
+
G
Y
IP130-2
IP130-3
+
–
C
C
G
YIP20-3
IP20-2
+
–
C
C
G
Y
IP14-9
IP14-10
C
C –
+
G
YIP14-11
IP14-12
C
C–
+
G37AL
JB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
JBS31
JBS30
G
YJB45-24
JB45-40
+
–
C
C
G
YJB185-24
JB185-40
+
–
C
C
(ABS)
(ABS)
(DSC)
(DSC)
G
YJB131-34*
JB230-14**
JB131-13*JB230-15**
C
C –
+
G
YJB131-33*JB230-5**
JB131-12*JB230-6**
C
C–
+
G
YCA10-7
CA10-8 IPS8
IPS9
G
YIPS11
IPS10
G
YIPS52
IPS51
IPS39
IPS38
G
Y
G
Y
G
YIP19-3
IP19-4
+
–
C
C
P
B
B
G
YJB197-24
JB197-40
C
C–
+ (ABS/TC)
(ABS/TC)
EN65-89
EN65-88
+
–
C
CJB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
DL1-54
DL1-73
+
–
C
CJB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
(2.5 L, 3.0 L)
(2.5 L, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L)
(2.0 L)
(2.0 L D)
(2.0 L D)
CAS31
CAS30
G
Y
G
YCA230-2
CA230-14
DM1-12
DM1-2
+
–
C
CCA431-11
CA431-10
Y
G
Y
G
DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL MODULE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROL
MODULE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGSYSTEM MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.5, 3.0 L)
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.0 L)
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.0 L D)
DRIVER SEATMODULE
(MEMORY VEHICLES)
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONVEHICLES)
NOTE:* 16-bit TCM.** 32-bit TCM.
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
(HID HEADLAMP VEHICLES)
YAW RATE SENSOR(DSC VEHICLES)
CLIMATE CONTROLMODULE
STEERING ANGLESENSOR
(DSC VEHICLES)
J-GATE(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DATA LINKCONNECTOR
LHD Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 16 BIT JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 32 BIT JB230 24-WAY / WHITE LOWER LH ‘A’ POSTJB231 24-WAY / GREY
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness LocationG37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Controller Area Network: RHD Controller Area Network: RHD Fig. 20.2
IP22-4
B
IP22-5
B
61
44II
G36BL
IPS69
G
YIP10-17
IP10-18
+
–
C
C
OY
WR
G
Y
IP22-16
IP22-9
IP22-6
IP22-14
C
C
+
–
B
EN16-124
EN16-123
+
–
C
C
IP101-9
IP101-10
C
C –
+
G
YIP101-22
IP101-23
C
C–
+
G
Y
IP130-2
IP130-3
+
–
C
C
G
YIP20-3
IP20-2
+
–
C
C
G
Y
IP14-9
IP14-10
C
C –
+
G
YIP14-11
IP14-12
C
C–
+
G37AL
JB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
JBS31
JBS30
G
YJB45-24
JB45-40
+
–
C
C
G
YJB185-24
JB185-40
+
–
C
C
(ABS)
(ABS)
(DSC)
(DSC)
C
C –
+ C
C–
+
CA10-7
CA10-8 IPS8
IPS9
G
YIPS11
IPS10
G
YIPS52
IPS51
IPS39
IPS38
G
Y
G
Y
G
YIP19-3
IP19-4
+
–
C
C
P
B
B
G
YJB197-24
JB197-40
C
C–
+ (ABS/TC)
(ABS/TC)
EN65-89
EN65-88
+
–
C
CJB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
DL1-54
DL1-73
+
–
C
CJB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
(2.5 L, 3.0 L)
(2.5 L, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L)
(2.0 L)
(2.0 L D)
(2.0 L D)
CAS31
CAS30
G
Y
G
YCA230-2
CA230-14
DM1-12
DM1-2
+
–
C
CCA431-11
CA431-10
Y
G
Y
G
G
Y
G
YJB131-34*
JB230-14**
JB131-13*JB230-15**
G
YJB131-33*JB230-5**
JB131-12*JB230-6**
DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL MODULE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROL
MODULE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGSYSTEM MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.5, 3.0 L)
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.0 L)
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.0 L D)
DRIVER SEATMODULE
(MEMORY VEHICLES)
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONVEHICLES)
NOTE:* 16-bit TCM.** 32-bit TCM.
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
(HID HEADLAMP VEHICLES)
YAW RATE SENSOR(DSC VEHICLES)
CLIMATE CONTROLMODULE
STEERING ANGLESENSOR
(DSC VEHICLES)
J-GATE(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DATA LINKCONNECTOR
RHD Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 20.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE JB232 6-WAY / BLACK VEHICLE UNDER-FLOOR REARWARD OF ENGINE
PARKING AID MODULE CA418 16-WAY / WHITE SPARE WHEEL WELLCA419 12-WAY / WHITERB7 12-WAY / WHITE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA450 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT
ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Fig. 20.3
IP22-4
B
IP22-5
B
61
44II
G37BL(G36BL)
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
OY
WRIP22-16
IP22-9
B
G37AL
P
B
B
WIP22-7
W
WCA418-12
WEN16-105 (2.5, 3.0 L)EN65-39 (2.0 L)
IP130-5
W DD
DRC23-8
RC33-3*
W D
CA230-3
JB1-20 CA230-4
W
W
W
DIP74-11
D
IPS25
IP22-10
UIP22-2
Y
S
S Y
UIP10-22
IP10-23
–
+
S
S Y
UNA7-4
NA7-14
–
+
S
S Y
UIP65-9
IP65-10
–
+
S
S Y
UIP5-19
IP5-18
–
+
U
Y
CA414-7
CA414-6
IPS31
IPS32
Y
UCA240-11
CA240-8
Y
U
S
S
–
+
W
JB130-4 CA36-9
W W
BOF
BOFID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
JB232-3
D W
S
S Y
UDL1-55
DL1-74
–
+
G
YIP10-17
IP10-18
+
–
C
C
JB1-26
JB1-27
JB3-13
JB3-12
Y
U
Y
U
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: D2B Networkdiagnostics are accessedvia the SCP Network.
AUDIO UNIT
GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(2.0 L DIESEL)
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDMODULE
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
FUEL-FIREDAUXILIARY HEATER
MODULE(2.0 L DIESEL)
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
ROOF CONSOLE
INTRUSION SENSOR
SERIAL DATA LINKDATA LINK
CONNECTOR
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003
Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC
CD AUTOCHANGER CD2 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDECA301 3-WAY / BLACK
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
C
S D
D
P
34 79 Fig. 01.3
7 33 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.7II II
11 31
I I1 10 Fig. 01.6
II II32 66 Fig. 01.8
E E77 97
B B67 76 Fig. 01.9
E E98 107
2
D2B Network D2B Network Fig. 20.4
–
+
U
Y20.3IP65-9
IP65-10
S
S
U
Y20.3NA7-4
NA7-14
S
S
CA240-10
SCPBOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
CD5-1
CD5-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
CD3-1
CD3-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
CD2-1
CD2-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFCD1-2
CD1-1
CD6-2
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
OIP65-19
O
BOF
BOF
CD4-1
CD4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
CD7-1
CD7-2
D2
D2
OCA301-3
O
OPH1-23
O
OPH2-14
O
ONA7-3
O
OCA425-5
O
O
CAS45
20.3 –
+
20.3
CA407-12
O
CA414-5
O
D2B WAKE–UP
AUDIO UNIT
D2B WAKE–UP
CD AUTOCHANGER
D2B WAKE–UP
CELLULAR PHONEMODULE
D2B WAKE–UP
VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE
D2B WAKE–UP
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
D2B WAKE–UP
POWER AMPLIFIER
NOTES:
The 6-module D2B Network shown depicts the greatest number ofmodules available. D2B Networks containing less than 6 modulesare always connected in the sequence shown from top to bottom.
Audio Unit – Master Module1 – CD Autochanger2 – Cellular Phone Module3 – Voice Activation Module4 – Navigation Control Module5 – Power Amplifier
When modules are not fitted to the vehicle, the fiber optic cablesand the connectors are deleted. Therefore, each Network containingless than 6 modules has a unique fiber optic and “wake up” circuit.
D2B Network diagnostics via SCP Network – refer to Figure 20.3.
All Vehicles
X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003 i
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.NOTE: Passive Anti-Theft System and Security System messages are not included in this appendix.
The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section:
A/C Air ConditioningABS Anti-Lock Braking
AT CMD Commands for configuring and controlling telecommunication devicesAUDIO Audio Unit
BIT Smallest element of data code (1 or 0)BYTE Grouping of 8 bits (one alphanumeric character)
°C Degrees CelsiusCAL CalibrateCAN Controller Area NetworkCCM Climate Control ModuleCID CAN IdentifierCM Control module
MSG MessageNCM Navigation Control ModuleOBD On Board Diagnostics (OBD II, EOBD)ODO Odometer
PTT Push to TalkRPM Revolutions Per MinuteSAS Steering Angle SensorSCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkSMS Short Message Service for Mobile CommunicationsSTM Switch to Test ModeTCM Transmission Control ModuleTCS Traction Control System